F28M35H20B1_1110 [TI]
Concerto Microcontrollers; 协奏曲微控制器型号: | F28M35H20B1_1110 |
厂家: | TEXAS INSTRUMENTS |
描述: | Concerto Microcontrollers |
文件: | 总104页 (文件大小:801K) |
中文: | 中文翻译 | 下载: | 下载PDF数据表文档文件 |
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
Concerto Microcontrollers
1 F28M35x ( Concerto™) MCUs
1.1 Features
12345
• Master Subsystem — ARM® Cortex™-M3
– 100 MHz
• Control Subsystem — TMS320C28x™ 32-Bit
CPU
– 150 MHz
– Embedded Memory
– Embedded Memory
•
•
•
•
Up to 512KB Flash (ECC)
Up to 32KB RAM (ECC/Parity)
Up to 64KB Shared RAM
2KB IPC Message RAM
•
•
•
•
Up to 512KB Flash (ECC)
Up to 36KB RAM (ECC/Parity)
Up to 64KB Shared RAM
2KB IPC Message RAM
– 5 Universal Asynchronous
Receiver/Transmitters (UARTs)
– 4 Synchronous Serial Interfaces (SSIs)/
– IEEE-754 Single-Precision Floating-Point
Unit (FPU)
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)
– 2 Inter-integrated Circuits (I2Cs)
– Universal Serial Bus On-the-Go (USB-OTG) +
– Viterbi, Complex Math, CRC Unit (VCU)
– Serial Communications Interface (SCI)
– Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)
PHY
– Inter-integrated Circuit (I2C)
– 10/100 ENET 1588 MII
– 6-Channel Direct Memory Access (DMA)
– 2 Controller Area Networks (CANs)
– 32-Channel Direct Memory Access (μDMA)
– 9 Enhanced Pulse Width Modulator (ePWM)
Modules
– Dual Security Zones (128-Bit Password per
•
18 Outputs (16 High-Resolution)
Zone)
– 6 32-Bit Enhanced Capture (eCAP) Modules
– External Peripheral Interface (EPI)
– 3 32-Bit Enhanced Quadrature Encoder
– Micro Cyclic Redundancy Check (µCRC)
(eQEP) Modules
Module
– Multi-Channel Buffered Serial Port (McBSP)
– One Security Zone (128-Bit Password)
– 3 32-Bit Timers
– 4 General-Purpose Timers
– 2 Watchdog Timer Modules
– Endianness: Little Endian
• Clocking
– Endianness: Little Endian
– On-chip Crystal Oscillator/External Clock
• Analog Subsystem
Input
– Dual 12-Bit Analog-to-Digital Converters
(ADCs)
– Up to 2.88 MSPS
– Dynamic PLL Ratio Changes Supported
• 1.2-V Digital, 1.8-V Analog, 3.3-V I/O Design
– Up to 20 Channels
– 4 Sample-and-Hold (S/H) Circuits
– Up to 6 Comparators With 10-Bit
• Interprocessor Communications (IPC)
– 32 Handshaking Channels
– 4 Channels Generate IPC Interrupts
Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC)
– Can be Used to Coordinate Transfer of Data
– On-chip Temperature Sensor
Through IPC Message RAMs
• Package
• Up to 74 Individually Programmable,
– 144-Pin RFP PowerPAD™ Thermally
Multiplexed GPIO Pins
Enhanced Thin Quad Flatpack (HTQFP)
1
Please be aware that an important notice concerning availability, standard warranty, and use in critical applications of Texas
Instruments semiconductor products and disclaimers thereto appears at the end of this data sheet.
Concerto, TMS320C28x, PowerPAD, C28x, C2000, Piccolo, Delfino, TMS320C2000, XDS are trademarks of Texas Instruments.
Cortex is a trademark of ARM Limited.
ARM is a registered trademark of ARM Ltd or its subsidiaries.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
2
3
4
5
PRODUCT PREVIEW information concerns products in the formative
or design phase of development. Characteristic data and other
specifications are design goals. Texas Instruments reserves the right
to change or discontinue these products without notice.
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
1.2 Description
The Concerto™ family is a multi-core system-on-chip microcontroller (MCU) with independent
communication and real-time control subsystems. The F28M35x is the first series in the Concerto family.
The communications subsystem is based on the industry-standard 32-bit ARM® Cortex™-M3 CPU and
features a wide variety of communication peripherals, including Ethernet 1588, USB OTG with PHY, CAN,
UART, SSI, I2C, and an external interface.
The real-time control subsystem is based on TI’s industry-leading proprietary 32-bit C28x™ Floating-Point
CPU and features the most flexible and high-precision control peripherals, including ePWMs with fault
protection, and encoders and captures—all as implemented by TI’s C2000™ Piccolo™ and Delfino™
families. In addition, the C28-CPU has been enhanced with the addition of the Viterbi, Complex Math,
CRC Unit (VCU) instruction accelerator that implements efficient Viterbi, Complex Arithmetic, 16-bit FFTs
and CRC algorithms.
A high-speed analog subsystem and supplementary RAM memory is shared, along with on-chip voltage
regulation and redundant clocking circuitry. Safety considerations also include Error Correction Code
(ECC), Parity, and Code Secure Memory, as well as documentation to assist with system-level industrial
safety certification.
2
F28M35x ( Concerto™) MCUs
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
1.3 Functional Block Diagram
SECURE
C1
C3
1.8V
1.2V
GPIO_MUX1
RAM
8 KB
RAM
8 KB
VREG
VREG
SECURE
FLASH
(ECC)
(parity)
BOOT
ROM
SECURE
C0
C2
512 KB
(ECC)
RAM
8 KB
RAM
8 KB
64 KB
(ECC)
(parity)
APB BUS
REGS
ONLY
AHB BUS
uDMA BUS
10
TEMP
ADC
INPUTS
SENS
M3
BUS
BRIDGE
MPU
NVIC
M3
uDMA
M3 CPU
ADC_1
MODULE
I-CODE BUS
D-CODE BUS
4
COMP
INPUTS
M3 SYSTEM BUS
INTER-PROCESSOR
COMMUNICATIONS
CLOCKS
RESETS
NMI
6
COMP-
ARATOR
+ DAC
UNITS
MTOC
CTOM
MSG
RAM
S0
S1
8 KB
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
MSG
RAM
IPC
6
8 KB
8 KB
8 KB
8 KB
8 KB
8 KB
8 KB
(parity)
2 KB
(parity)
2 KB
COMP
OUTPUTS
DEBUG
S0 - S7 SHARED RAM (parity)
INTER-PROCESSOR
COMMUNICATIONS
4
C28 DMA BUS
COMP
INPUTS
C28
CPU
C28
DMA
C28
VCU
C28
FPU
ADC_2
PIE
10
MODULE
ADC
INPUTS
C28 MEMORY BUS
ANALOG
SUBSYSTEM
16-BIT
PF2
32-BIT
PF1
32-BIT
PF3
16/32-BIT
PF0
BOOT
ROM
SECURE
L1
L3
M1
RAM
8 KB
(ECC)
RAM
8 KB
(parity)
RAM
2 KB
64 KB
SECURE
FLASH
(ECC)
M0
SECURE
L0
L2
512 KB
(ECC)
RAM
8 KB
RAM
8 KB
RAM
2 KB
GPIO_MUX1
66 PINS
(ECC)
(parity)
(ECC)
Figure 1-1. Functional Block Diagram
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
F28M35x ( Concerto™) MCUs
3
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
1
F28M35x ( Concerto™) MCUs ........................ 1
1.1 Features .............................................. 1
1.2 Description ........................................... 2
1.3 Functional Block Diagram ............................ 3
3
4
Device Pins ............................................. 63
3.1 Pin Assignments .................................... 63
3.2 Terminal Functions ................................. 64
Device Operating Conditions ....................... 82
4.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings ........................ 82
4.2 Recommended Operating Conditions .............. 82
Revision History .............................................. 5
2
Device Overview ........................................ 8
2.1 Device Characteristics ............................... 9
2.2 Memory Maps ...................................... 11
2.3 Master Subsystem .................................. 21
2.4 Control Subsystem ................................. 26
2.5 Analog Subsystem .................................. 31
4.3 Electrical Characteristics ........................... 83
Peripheral Information and Timings ............... 84
5.1 Master Subsystem Peripherals ..................... 84
5.2 Control Subsystem Peripherals .................... 85
5.3 Analog/Shared Peripherals ......................... 88
5
2.6 Master Subsystem NMIs ........................... 34
5.4 Current Consumption ............................... 94
5.5 Power Sequencing ................................. 96
Device and Documentation Support ............... 97
6.1 Device Support ..................................... 97
2.7 Control Subsystem NMIs ........................... 34
2.8 Resets .............................................. 36
2.9 Master Subsystem Clocking ........................ 41
2.10 Control Subsystem Clocking ....................... 44
2.11 Analog Subsystem Clocking ........................ 46
2.12 Shared Resources Clocking ........................ 47
2.13 GPIOs and Other Pins .............................. 47
6
7
6.2 Documentation Support ............................ 98
6.3 Community Resources ............................. 98
Mechanical Packaging and Orderable
Information .............................................. 99
7.1 Packaging Information .............................. 99
4
Contents
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
Revision History
NOTE: Page numbers for previous revisions may differ from page numbers in the current version.
This data sheet revision history highlights the technical changes made to the SPRS742A device-specific
data sheet to make it an SPRS742B revision.
Scope:
Added Section 4.1, Absolute Maximum Ratings.
Added Section 4.2, Recommended Operating Conditions.
Added Section 4.3, Electrical Characteristics.
Restructured Section 2, Device Overview.
Added Section 6, Device and Documentation Support.
See table below.
LOCATION
ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, AND MODIFICATIONS
Master Subsystem — ARM® Cortex™-M3:
Section 1.1
Features:
•
–
Changed "Universal Serial Bus On-the-Go (USB-OTB) + PHY" to "Universal Serial Bus On-the-Go
(USB-OTG) + PHY"
–
Added "Endianness: Little Endian"
•
Control Subsystem — TMS320C28x™ 32-Bit CPU:
–
Embedded Memory:
Added "Up to 64KB Shared RAM"
Added "Endianness: Little Endian"
•
–
Figure 1-1
Section 2
Updated "Functional Block Diagram"
Device Overview:
•
Added NOTE about color-coding
Table 2-1
Table 2-8
Hardware Features:
•
•
"Product status" row: Changed "TMX" to "xF28M35..."
Updated footnote about product status
Control Subsystem Flash, ECC, OTP, Boot ROM:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Sector N: Added "(not available for 256KB Flash configuration)"
Sector M: Added "(not available for 256KB Flash configuration)"
Sector L: Added "(not available for 256KB Flash configuration)"
Sector K: Added "(not available for 256KB Flash configuration)"
Sector J: Added "(not available for 256KB Flash configuration)"
Sector I: Added "(not available for 256KB Flash configuration)"
Sector H: Added "(not available for 256KB Flash configuration)"
Table 2-9
Master Subsystem Flash, ECC, OTP, Boot ROM:
•
•
•
•
Sector I: Added "(not available for 256KB Flash configuration)"
Sector H: Added "(not available for 256KB Flash configuration)"
Sector G: Added "(not available for 256KB Flash configuration)"
Sector F: Added "(not available for 256KB Flash configuration)"
Table 2-11
Master Subsystem Peripherals:
•
•
4000 1000 – 4000 1FFF: Added "Watchdog Timer 1 Registers"
400F B900 – 400F B93F: Added "0000 0880 – 0000 0890 (Read Only)" in "C Address (x16 Aligned)"
column
Section 2.3.1
Figure 2-1
Updated "Cortex™-M3 CPU" section
Updated "Master Subsystem" figure
Section 2.3.3
Section 2.3.4
Section 2.3.5
Section 2.3.7
Figure 2-2
Added "Cortex™-M3 Interrupts" section
Added "Cortex™-M3 Vector Table" section
Updated "Cortex™-M3 Local Peripherals" section
Updated "Cortex™-M3 Accessing Shared Resources and Analog Peripherals" section
Updated "Control Subsystem" figure
Table 2-16
Added "PIE Peripheral Interrupts" table
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Contents
5
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
LOCATION
Section 2.4.4
ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, AND MODIFICATIONS
Updated "C28x Local Peripherals" section
Section 2.4.6
Section 2.5
Section 2.5.1
Section 2.5.2
Figure 2-3
Updated "C28x Accessing Shared Resources and Analog Peripherals" section
Updated "Analog Subsystem" section
Updated "ADC1" section
Updated "ADC2" section
Updated "Analog Subsystem" figure
Section 2.5.3
Section 2.5.4
Section 2.6
Section 2.7
Figure 2-4
Updated "Analog Comparator + DAC" section
Updated "Analog Common Interface Bus (ACIB)" section
Updated "Master Subsystem NMIs" section
Updated "Control Subsystem NMIs" section
Updated "Cortex™-M3 NMI and C28x NMI" figure
Updated "Resets" section
Section 2.8
Section 2.8.1
Figure 2-5
Updated "Cortex™-M3 Resets" section
Updated "Resets" figure
Section 2.8.4
Section 2.9
Table 2-19
Added "Device Boot Sequence" section
Updated "Master Subsystem Clocking" section
Added "Master Subsystem Low-Power Modes" table
Updated "Cortex™-M3 Clocks and Low-Power Modes" figure
Updated "Cortex™-M3 Run Mode" section
Figure 2-6
Section 2.9.1
Section 2.9.2
Section 2.9.3
Section 2.10
Table 2-20
Updated "Cortex™-M3 Sleep Mode" section
Updated "Cortex™-M3 Deep Sleep Mode" section
Updated "Control Subsystem Clocking" section
Added "Control Subsystem Low-Power Modes" table
Updated "C28x Clocks and Low-Power Modes" figure
Updated "C28x Normal Mode" section
Figure 2-7
Section 2.10.1
Section 2.10.3
Section 2.11
Section 2.12
Section 2.13
Section 2.13
Section 2.13.1
Figure 2-8
Updated "C28x Standby Mode" section
Updated "Analog Subsystem Clocking" section
Added "Shared Resources Clocking" section
Changed section title from "GPIOs" to "GPIOs and Other Pins"
Updated "GPIOs and Other Pins" section
Updated "GPIO_MUX1" section
Updated "GPIOs and Other Pins" figure
Figure 2-9
Added "GPIO_MUX1 Block" figure
Figure 2-10
Table 2-21
Added "GPIO_MUX1 Pin Mapping Through Register Set A" figure
Added "GPIO_MUX1 Pin Assignments (M3 Primary Modes)" table
Added "GPIO_MUX1 Pin Assignments (M3 Alternate Modes)" table
Added "GPIO_MUX1 Pin Assignments (C28x Peripheral Modes)" table
Updated "GPIO_MUX2" section
Table 2-22
Table 2-23
Section 2.13.2
Table 2-24
Added "GPIO_MUX2 Pin Assignments (C28x Peripheral Modes)" table
Added "Pin Muxing on AIO_MUX1, AIO_MUX2, and GPIO_MUX2" figure
Updated "AIO_MUX1" section
Figure 2-11
Section 2.13.3
Table 2-25
Added "AIO_MUX1 Pin Assignments (C28x AIO Modes)" table
Updated "AIO_MUX2" section
Section 2.13.4
Table 2-26
Added "AIO_MUX2 Pin Assignments (C28x AIO Modes)" table
144-Pin RFP PowerPAD™ HTQFP (Top View):
Figure 3-1
•
Pin 135: Changed signal name from "ADC2VREFLO" to "ADC2VREFLO, VSSA2"
6
Contents
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
LOCATION
Table 3-1
ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, AND MODIFICATIONS
Terminal Functions:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Pin 118, ADC1VREFLO, VSSA1: Added "ADC1 Ground" to DESCRIPTION
Pin 135: Changed signal name from "ADC2VREFLO" to "ADC2VREFLO, VSSA2
Pin 135, ADC2VREFLO, VSSA2: Added "ADC2 Ground" to DESCRIPTION
Pin 23: Removed M_OFSD2N
"
Pin 104: Removed M_IID
Pin 103: Removed M_ISESSEND
Pin 82: Removed M_IAVALID
Pin 81: Removed M_IVBUSVALID. Added BOOT_2.
Pin 48: Removed M_IXRCV
Pin 51: Removed M_IDM
Pin 69: Removed M_IDP
Pin 50: Removed M_ODISCHRGVBUS
Pin 71: Removed M_OCHRGVBUS
Pin 78:
–
–
Removed M_ODMPULLDN
Added BOOT_0
•
•
•
Pin 72: Removed M_OLSD2N
Pin 70: Removed M_OLSD1N
Pin 52:
–
–
Removed M_OIDPULLUP
Added BOOT_1
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Pin 41: Removed M_OSPEED
Pin 42: Removed M_OSUSPEND
Pin 36: Removed M_OOE
Pin 35: Removed M_ODMSE0
Pin 46: Removed M_ODPDAT
Added "Boot Pins" group
Changed "FLASH" pin group heading to "Test Pins"
Added footnote about color-coding
Added footnote about output from the Concerto ePWM
Section 4
Added "Device Operating Conditions" section
Added "Absolute Maximum Ratings" section
Added "Recommended Operating Conditions" section
Added "Electrical Characteristics" section
Section 4.1
Section 4.2
Section 4.3
Section 5
Changed section title from "Peripheral and Electrical Specifications" to "Peripheral Information and Timings"
Added "Master Subsystem Peripherals" section
Section 5.1
Section 5.2
Figure 5-1
Figure 5-2
Section 5.3
Figure 5-3
Figure 5-4
Figure 5-5
Table 5-1
Added "Control Subsystem Peripherals" section
Added "ePWM, eQEP, eCAP" figure
Added "ePWM/HRPWM" figure
Added "Analog/Shared Peripherals" section
Added "ADC" figure
Added "Comparator + DAC Units" figure
Added "Interprocessor Communications (IPC)" figure
Updated "F28M35Hx Current Consumption at 150-MHz C28x SYSCLKOUT and 75-MHz M3SSCLK" table
Added "Power Sequencing" section
Section 5.5
Section 5.5.1
Table 5-2
Added "Power Management and Supervisory Circuit Solutions" section
Added "Power Management and Supervisory Circuit Solutions" table
Added "Device and Documentation Support" section
Section 6
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Contents
7
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
2 Device Overview
The Concerto™ microcontroller (MCU) comprises three subsystems: the Master Subsystem, the Control
Subsystem, and the Analog Subsystem. While the Master and Control Subsystem each have dedicated
local memories and peripherals, they can also share data and events through shared memories and
peripherals. The Analog Subsystem has two ADC converters and six Analog Comparators. Both the
Master and Control Subsystems access the Analog Subsystem through the Analog Common Interface
Bus (ACIB). The NMI Blocks force communication of critical events to the Master and Control Subsystem
processors and their Watchdog Timers. The Reset Block responds to Watchdog Timer NMI Reset,
External Reset, and other events to initialize subsystem processors and the rest of the chip to a known
state. The Clocking Blocks support multiple low-power modes where clocks to the processors and
peripherals can be slowed down or stopped in order to manage power consumption.
NOTE
Throughout this document, the Master Subsystem is denoted by the color "blue"; the Control
Subsystem is denoted by the color "green"; and the Analog Subsystem is denoted by the
color "orange".
8
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
2.1 Device Characteristics
Table 2-1 lists the features of the F28M35Hx devices.
Table 2-1. Hardware Features
FEATURE
TYPE(1)
H20B1
H20C1
H22B1
H22C1
H32B1
H32C1
H50B1
H50C1
H52B1
H52C1
Master Subsystem — ARM® Cortex™-M3
Speed (MHz)
Flash (KB)
–
–
–
–
–
–
0
0
100(2)
256
16
100(2)
256
16
100(2)
256
16
100(2)
256
16
100(2)
256
16
100(2)
512
16
100(2)
512
16
100(2)
512
16
100(2)
512
16
100(2)
512
16
RAM ECC (KB)
RAM Parity (KB)
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
IPC Message RAM Parity (KB)
Security Zones
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
10/100 ENET 1588 MII
USB OTG FS
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)/
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
Inter-integrated circuit (I2C)
0
0
0
0
0
0
–
–
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Controller Area Network (CAN)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Direct Memory Access (µDMA)
32-ch
32-ch
32-ch
32-ch
32-ch
32-ch
32-ch
32-ch
32-ch
32-ch
External Peripheral Interface (EPI)
Micro Cyclic Redundancy Check (µCRC) Module
General-Purpose Timers
1
1
4
2
1
1
4
2
1
1
4
2
1
1
4
2
1
1
4
2
1
1
4
2
1
1
4
2
1
1
4
2
1
1
4
2
1
1
4
2
Watchdog Timer Modules
Control Subsystem — C28x Floating-Point Unit (FPU)/Viterbi, Complex Math, CRC Unit (VCU)
Speed (MHz)
150
256
20
16
2
150
256
20
16
2
150
256
20
16
2
150
256
20
16
2
150
512
20
16
2
150
256
20
16
2
150
512
20
16
2
150
512
20
16
2
150
512
20
16
2
150
512
20
16
2
Flash (KB)
RAM ECC (KB)
RAM Parity (KB)
IPC Message RAM Parity (KB)
Security Zones
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Enhanced Pulse Width Modulator (ePWM) modules
High-Resolution PWM outputs
2
2
9: 18 outputs
16 outputs
Enhanced Capture (eCAP) modules/
PWM outputs
0
6 (32-bit)
3 (32-bit)
Enhanced Quadrature Encoder (eQEP) modules
Fault Trip Zones
0
–
12 on any of 64 GPIO pins
(1) A type change represents a major functional feature difference in a peripheral module. Within a peripheral type, there may be minor differences between devices that do not affect the
basic functionality of the module. These device-specific differences are listed in the TMS320x28xx, 28xxx DSP Peripheral Reference Guide (literature number SPRU566) and in the
peripheral reference guides.
(2) An integer divide ratio must be maintained between the C28x and Cortex™-M3 clock frequencies; thus, when the C28x is configured to run at maximum frequency of 150 MHz, the fastest
allowable frequency for the Cortex™-M3 will be 75 MHz.
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Overview
9
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 2-1. Hardware Features (continued)
FEATURE
TYPE(1)
H20B1
H20C1
H22B1
H22C1
H32B1
H32C1
H50B1
H50C1
H52B1
H52C1
Multi-Channel Buffered Serial Port (McBSP)/
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Serial Communications Interface (SCI)
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)
Inter-integrated circuit (I2C)
Direct Memory Access (DMA)
32-Bit Timers
0
0
0
0
–
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6-ch
3
6-ch
3
6-ch
3
6-ch
3
6-ch
3
6-ch
3
6-ch
3
6-ch
3
6-ch
3
6-ch
3
Shared
Supplemental RAM (KB)
MSPS
0
2.88
350 ns
10
0
2.88
350 ns
10
64
2.88
350 ns
10
64
2.88
350 ns
10
64
2.88
350 ns
10
64
2.88
350 ns
10
0
2.88
350 ns
10
0
2.88
350 ns
10
64
2.88
350 ns
10
64
2.88
350 ns
10
Conversion Time
12-Bit ADC 1
Channels
3
Temperature Sensor
Sample-and-Hold (S/H)
MSPS
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.88
350 ns
10
2.88
350 ns
10
2.88
350 ns
10
2.88
350 ns
10
2.88
350 ns
10
2.88
350 ns
10
2.88
350 ns
10
2.88
350 ns
10
2.88
350 ns
10
2.88
350 ns
10
Conversion Time
Channels
12-Bit ADC 2
3
0
Sample-and-Hold (S/H)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Comparators with Integrated DACs
Voltage Regulator and Monitor
Clocking
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
3.3-V Single Supply (3.3-V/1.2-V recommended for 125ºC)
4–20 MHz input, Clock fail or out-of-specification, 10-MHz/32-kHz Limp Mode
Additional Safety
Master Subsystem
Control Subsystem
Shared
2 Watchdogs, NMI Watchdog: CPU, Memory
NMI Watchdog: CPU, Memory
Critical Register and I/O Function Lock Protection; RAM Fetch Protection
Packaging
144-Pin RFP PowerPAD™
HTQFP
Package Type
Available at Prototype Sampling
Yes Yes
T: –40°C to 105°C
S: –40°C to 125°C
Q: –40°C to 125°C(3)
–
–
–
–
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Temperature options
Product status(4)
No 125ºC for ENET/USB
No 125ºC for ENET/USB
xF28M35...
xF28M35...
xF28M35...
xF28M35...
xF28M35...
xF28M35...
xF28M35...
xF28M35...
xF28M35...
xF28M35...
(3) "Q" refers to Q100 qualification for automotive applications.
(4) The "xF28M35..." product status denotes an experimental device that is not necessarily representative of the final device's electrical specifications. See Section 6.1.2, Device
Nomenclature, for descriptions of device stages.
10
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
2.2 Memory Maps
Section 2.2.1 shows the Control Subsystem Memory Map. Section 2.2.2 shows the Master Subsystem
Memory Map.
2.2.1 Control Subsystem Memory Map
Table 2-2. Control Subsystem M0, M1 RAM
C Address
Size
(Bytes)
C DMA Access(1)
Control Subsystem M0, M1 RAM
(x16 Aligned)(1)
no
no
0000 0000 – 0000 03FF
0000 0400 – 0000 07FF
M0 RAM (ECC)
M1 RAM (ECC)
2K
2K
(1) The letter "C" refers to the Control Subsystem.
Table 2-3. Control Subsystem Peripheral Frame 0 (Includes Analog)
C Address
Control Subsystem Peripheral Frame 0
(Includes Analog)
Size
(Bytes)
C DMA Access(1)
(x16 Aligned)(1)
0000 0800 – 0000 087F
Reserved
Control Subsystem Device Configuration Registers (Read
Only)
no
0000 0880 – 0000 0890
34
0000 0891 – 0000 0ADF
0000 0AE0 – 0000 0AEF
0000 0AF0 – 0000 0AFF
0000 0B00 – 0000 0B0F
0000 0B10 – 0000 0B3F
0000 0B40 – 0000 0B4F
0000 0B50 – 0000 0BFF
0000 0C00 – 0000 0C07
0000 0C08 – 0000 0C0F
0000 0C10 – 0000 0C17
0000 0C18 – 0000 0CDF
0000 0CE0 – 0000 0CFF
0000 0D00 – 0000 0DFF
0000 0E00 – 0000 0EFF
0000 0F00 – 0000 0FFF
0000 1000 – 0000 11FF
0000 1200 – 0000 16FF
0000 1700 – 0000 177F
0000 1780 – 0000 3FFF
Reserved
no
C28x CSM Registers
Reserved
32
32
32
yes
yes
ADC1 Result Registers
Reserved
ADC2 Result Registers
Reserved
no
no
no
CPU Timer 0
16
16
16
CPU Timer 1
CPU Timer 2
Reserved
no
no
no
PIE Registers
64
PIE Vector Table
PIE Vector Table Copy (Read Only)
Reserved
512
512
no
no
C28x DMA Registers
Reserved
1K
Analog Subsystem Control Registers
Reserved
256
(1) The letter "C" refers to the Control Subsystem.
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Overview
11
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 2-4. Control Subsystem Peripheral Frame 3
C Address
Control Subsystem
Peripheral Frame 3
Size
(Bytes)
M Address
µDMA
Access
C DMA Access(1)
(x16 Aligned)(1)
(Byte-Aligned)(2)
no
0000 4000 – 0000 4181
0000 4182 – 0000 42FF
C28x Flash Control Registers
Reserved
772
C28x Flash ECC Error Log
Registers
no
0000 4300 – 0000 4323
72
0000 4324 – 0000 43FF
0000 4400 – 0000 443F
0000 4440 – 0000 48FF
0000 4900 – 0000 497F
0000 4980 – 0000 49FF
Reserved
M Clock Control Registers(2)
no
no
128
256
400F B800 – 400F B87F
400F B200 – 400F B2FF
no
no
Reserved
RAM Configuration Registers
Reserved
RAM ECC/Parity/Access Error
Log Registers
no
0000 4A00 – 0000 4A7F
256
400F B300 – 400F B3FF
400F B700 – 400F B77F
no
no
0000 4A80 – 0000 4DFF
0000 4E00 – 0000 4E3F
0000 4E40 – 0000 4FFF
0000 5000 – 0000 503F
0000 5040 – 0000 50FF
0000 5100 – 0000 517F
0000 5180 – 0000 51FF
0000 5200 – 0000 527F
0000 5280 – 0000 52FF
0000 5300 – 0000 537F
0000 5380 – 0000 53FF
0000 5400 – 0000 547F
0000 5480 – 0000 54FF
0000 5500 – 0000 557F
0000 5580 – 0000 57FF
Reserved
no
CtoM and MtoC IPC Registers
Reserved
128
128
yes
McBSP-A
Reserved
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
EPWM1 (Hi-Resolution)
EPWM2 (Hi-Resolution)
EPWM3 (Hi-Resolution)
EPWM4 (Hi-Resolution)
EPWM5 (Hi-Resolution)
EPWM6 (Hi-Resolution)
EPWM7 (Hi-Resolution)
EPWM8 (Hi-Resolution)
EPWM9
256
256
256
256
256
256
256
256
256
Reserved
(1) The letter "C" refers to the Control Subsystem.
(2) The letter "M" refers to the Master Subsystem.
12
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
Table 2-5. Control Subsystem Peripheral Frame 1
C Address
Size
(Bytes)
C DMA Access(1)
Control Subsystem Peripheral Frame 1
Reserved
(x16 Aligned)(1)
0000 5800 – 0000 59FF
0000 5A00 – 0000 5A1F
0000 5A20 – 0000 5A3F
0000 5A40 – 0000 5A5F
0000 5A60 – 0000 5A7F
0000 5A80 – 0000 5A9F
0000 5AA0 – 0000 5ABF
0000 5AC0 – 0000 5AFF
0000 5B00 – 0000 5B3F
0000 5B40 – 0000 5B7F
0000 5B80 – 0000 5BBF
0000 5BC0 – 0000 5F7F
0000 5F80 – 0000 5FFF
0000 6000 – 0000 63FF
0000 6400 – 0000 641F
0000 6420 – 0000 643F
0000 6440 – 0000 645F
0000 6460 – 0000 647F
0000 6480 – 0000 649F
0000 64A0 – 0000 64BF
0000 64C0 – 0000 6F7F
0000 6F80 – 0000 6FFF
no
no
no
no
no
no
ECAP1
64
64
64
64
64
64
ECAP2
ECAP3
ECAP4
ECAP5
ECAP6
Reserved
no
no
no
EQEP1
128
128
128
EQEP2
EQEP3
Reserved
C GPIO Group 1 Registers(1)
no
256
Reserved
no
no
no
no
no
no
COMP1 Registers
COMP2 Registers
COMP3 Registers
COMP4 Registers
COMP5 Registers
COMP6 Registers
Reserved
64
64
64
64
64
64
no
C GPIO Group 2 Registers and AIO Mux Registers(1)
256
(1) The letter "C" refers to the Control Subsystem.
Table 2-6. Control Subsystem Peripheral Frame 2
C Address
Size
(Bytes)
C DMA Access(1)
Control Subsystem Peripheral Frame 2
Reserved
(x16 Aligned)(1)
0000 7000 – 0000 70FF
0000 7010 – 0000 702F
0000 7030 – 0000 703F
0000 7040 – 0000 704F
0000 7050 – 0000 705F
0000 7060 – 0000 706F
0000 7070 – 0000 707F
0000 7080 – 0000 70FF
no
C28x System Control Registers
64
Reserved
no
no
no
no
SPI-A
32
32
32
32
SCI-A
NMI Watchdog Interrupt Registers
External Interrupt Registers
Reserved
ADC1 Configuration Registers
(Only 16-bit read/write access supported)
no
no
0000 7100 – 0000 717F
0000 7180 – 0000 71FF
256
256
ADC2 Configuration Registers
(Only 16-bit read/write access supported)
0000 7200 – 0000 78FF
0000 7900 – 0000 793F
0000 7940 – 0000 7FFF
Reserved
I2C-A
no
128
Reserved
(1) The letter "C" refers to the Control Subsystem.
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Overview
13
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 2-7. Control Subsystem RAMs
C Address
Size
(Bytes)
M Address
µDMA
Access
C DMA Access(1)
Control Subsystem RAMs
(x16 Aligned)(1)
(Byte-Aligned)(2)
no
0000 8000 – 0000 8FFF
0000 9000 – 0000 9FFF
0000 A000 – 0000 AFFF
0000 B000 – 0000 BFFF
0000 C000 – 0000 CFFF
0000 D000 – 0000 DFFF
0000 E000 – 0000 EFFF
0000 F000 – 0000 FFFF
0001 0000 – 0001 0FFF
0001 1000 – 0001 1FFF
0001 2000 – 0001 2FFF
0001 3000 – 0001 3FFF
0001 4000 – 0003 F7FF
L0 RAM (ECC, Secure)
L1 RAM (ECC, Secure)
L2 RAM (Parity, Interleaving)
L3 RAM (Parity, Interleaving)
S0 RAM (Parity, Shared)
S1 RAM (Parity, Shared)
S2 RAM (Parity, Shared)
S3 RAM (Parity, Shared)
S4 RAM (Parity, Shared)
S5 RAM (Parity, Shared)
S6 RAM (Parity, Shared)
S7 RAM (Parity, Shared)
Reserved
8K
8K
8K
8K
8K
8K
8K
8K
8K
8K
8K
8K
no
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
2000 8000 – 2000 9FFF
2000 A000 – 2000 BFFF
2000 C000 – 2000 DFFF
2000 E000 – 2000 FFFF
2001 0000 – 2001 1FFF
2001 2000 – 2001 3FFF
2001 4000 – 2001 5FFF
2001 6000 – 2001 7FFF
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
read only
yes
0003 F800 – 0003 FBFF
0003 FC00 – 0003 FFFF
CtoM MSG RAM (Parity)
MtoC MSG RAM (Parity)
2K
2K
2007 F000 – 2007 F7FF
2007 F800 – 2007 FFFF
yes
read only
yes
0004 0000 – 0004 7FFF
0004 8000 – 0004 8FFF
0004 9000 – 0004 9FFF
0004 A000 – 0004 AFFF
0004 B000 – 0004 BFFF
0004 C000 – 0004 CFFF
0004 D000 – 0004 DFFF
0004 E000 – 0004 EFFF
0004 F000 – 0004 FFFF
0005 0000 – 0005 0FFF
0005 1000 – 0005 1FFF
0005 2000 – 0005 2FFF
0005 3000 – 0005 3FFF
0005 4000 – 0007 EFFF
0007 F000 – 0007 F3FF
0007 F400 – 0007 F7FF
0007 F800 – 0007 FBFF
0007 FC00 – 0007 FFFF
0008 0000 – 0009 FFFF
Reserved
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
L0 RAM - ECC Bits
L1 RAM - ECC Bits
L2 RAM - Parity Bits
L3 RAM - Parity Bits
S0 RAM - Parity Bits
S1 RAM - Parity Bits
S2 RAM - Parity Bits
S3 RAM - Parity Bits
S4 RAM - Parity Bits
S5 RAM - Parity Bits
S6 RAM - Parity Bits
S7 RAM - Parity Bits
Reserved
8K
8K
8K
8K
8K
8K
8K
8K
8K
8K
8K
8K
2008 8000 – 2008 9FFF
2008 A000 – 2008 BFFF
2008 C000 – 2008 DFFF
2008 E000 – 2008 FFFF
2009 0000 – 2009 1FFF
2009 2000 – 2009 3FFF
2009 4000 – 2009 5FFF
2009 6000 – 2009 7FFF
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
M0 RAM - ECC Bits
M1 RAM - ECC Bits
CtoM MSG RAM - Parity Bits
MtoC MSG RAM - Parity Bits
Reserved
2K
2K
2K
2K
200F F000 – 200F F7FF
200F F800 – 200F FFFF
no
no
(1) The letter "C" refers to the Control Subsystem.
(2) The letter "M" refers to the Master Subsystem.
14
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
Table 2-8. Control Subsystem Flash, ECC, OTP, Boot ROM
C Address
Size
(Bytes)
C DMA Access(1)
Control Subsystem Flash, ECC, OTP, Boot ROM
(x16 Aligned)(1)
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
0010 0000 – 0010 1FFF
0010 2000 – 0010 3FFF
0010 4000 – 0010 5FFF
0010 6000 – 0010 7FFF
0010 8000 – 0010 FFFF
0011 0000 – 0011 7FFF
0011 8000 – 0011 FFFF
0012 0000 – 0012 7FFF
0012 8000 – 0012 FFFF
0013 0000 – 0013 7FFF
0013 8000 – 0013 9FFF
0013 A000 – 0013 BFFF
0013 C000 – 0013 DFFF
Sector N (not available for 256KB Flash configuration)
16K
16K
16K
16K
64K
64K
64K
64K
64K
64K
16K
16K
16K
Sector M (not available for 256KB Flash configuration)
Sector L (not available for 256KB Flash configuration)
Sector K (not available for 256KB Flash configuration)
Sector J (not available for 256KB Flash configuration)
Sector I (not available for 256KB Flash configuration)
Sector H (not available for 256KB Flash configuration)
Sector G
Sector F
Sector E
Sector D
Sector C
Sector B
Sector A
no
no
no
0013 E000 – 0013 FFFF
0014 0000 – 001F FFFF
0020 0000 – 0020 7FFF
16K
(CSM password in the high address)
Reserved
Flash - ECC Bits
(1/8 of Flash used = 64 KBytes)
64K
no
no
no
no
0020 8000 – 0024 01FF
0024 0200 – 0024 03FF
0024 0400 – 003F 7FFF
003F 8000 – 003F FFFF
Reserved
TI OTP
1K
Reserved
C28x Boot ROM (64 KBytes)
64K
(1) The letter "C" refers to the Control Subsystem.
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Overview
15
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
2.2.2 Master Subsystem Memory Map
Table 2-9. Master Subsystem Flash, ECC, OTP, Boot ROM
M Address
Size
(Bytes)
µDMA Access
Master Subsystem Flash, ECC, OTP, Boot ROM
(Byte-Aligned)(1)
Boot ROM - Dual-mapped to 0x0100 0000
(Both maps access same physical location.)
no
0000 0000 – 0000 FFFF
0001 0000 – 001F FFFF
0020 0000 – 0020 3FFF
64K
Reserved
Sector N
no
16K
(Zone 1 CSM password in the low address.)
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
0020 4000 – 0020 7FFF
0020 8000 – 0020 BFFF
0020 C000 – 0020 FFFF
0021 0000 – 0021 FFFF
0022 0000 – 0022 FFFF
0023 0000 – 0023 FFFF
0024 0000 – 0024 FFFF
0025 0000 – 0025 FFFF
0026 0000 – 0026 FFFF
0027 0000 – 0027 3FFF
0027 4000 – 0027 7FFF
0027 8000 – 0027 BFFF
Sector M
16K
16K
16K
64K
64K
64K
64K
64K
64K
16K
16K
16K
Sector L
Sector K
Sector J
Sector I (not available for 256KB Flash configuration)
Sector H (not available for 256KB Flash configuration)
Sector G (not available for 256KB Flash configuration)
Sector F (not available for 256KB Flash configuration)
Sector E
Sector D
Sector C
Sector B
Sector A
no
0027 C000 – 0027 FFFF
0028 0000 – 005F FFFF
0060 0000 – 0060 FFFF
16K
(Zone 2 CSM password in the high address.)
Reserved
Flash - ECC Bits
(1/8 of Flash used = 64 KBytes)
no
64K
0061 0000 – 0068 047F
0068 0480 – 0068 07FF
0068 0800
Reserved
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
TI OTP
896
4
OTP – Security Lock
Reserved
0068 0804
0068 0808
Reserved
0068 080C
OTP – Zone 2 Flash Start Address
OTP – EMAC Address 0
OTP – EMAC Address 1
Reserved
4
4
4
0068 0810
0068 0814
0068 0818 – 0070 00FF
OTP – ECC Bits – Application Use
(1/8 of OTP used = 3 Bytes)
no
no
0070 0100 – 0070 0102
0070 0103 – 00FF FFFF
0100 0000 – 0100 FFFF
0101 0000 – 03FF FFFF
3
Reserved
Boot ROM – Dual-mapped to 0x0000 0000
(Both maps access same physical location.)
64K
Reserved
ROM/Flash/OTP/Boot ROM – Mirror-mapped
(Read cycles from this space cause the µCRC peripheral
to continuously update data checksum inside a register,
when reading a block of data.)
no
0400 0000 – 07FF FFFF
0800 0000 – 1FFF FFFF
64M
Reserved
(1) The letter "M" refers to the Master Subsystem.
16
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
Table 2-10. Master Subsystem RAMs
µDMA
Access
M Address
Size
(Bytes)
C Address
Master Subsystem RAMs
C DMA Access(2)
(Byte-Aligned)(1)
(x16 Aligned)(2)
no
2000 0000 – 2000 1FFF
2000 2000 – 2000 3FFF
2000 4000 – 2000 5FFF
2000 6000 – 2000 7FFF
2000 8000 – 2000 9FFF
2000 A000 – 2000 BFFF
2000 C000 – 2000 DFFF
2000 E000 – 2000 FFFF
2001 0000 – 2001 1FFF
2001 2000 – 2001 3FFF
2001 4000 – 2001 5FFF
2001 6000 – 2001 7FFF
2001 8000 – 2007 EFFF
C0 RAM (ECC, Secure)
C1 RAM (ECC, Secure)
C2 RAM (Parity)
8K
8K
8K
8K
8K
8K
8K
8K
8K
8K
8K
8K
no
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
C3 RAM (Parity)
S0 RAM (Parity, Shared)
S1 RAM (Parity, Shared)
S2 RAM (Parity, Shared)
S3 RAM (Parity, Shared)
S4 RAM (Parity, Shared)
S5 RAM (Parity, Shared)
S6 RAM (Parity, Shared)
S7 RAM (Parity, Shared)
Reserved
0000 C000 – 0000 CFFF
0000 D000 – 0000 DFFF
0000 E000 – 0000 EFFF
0000 F000 – 0000 FFFF
0001 0000 – 0001 0FFF
0001 1000 – 0001 1FFF
0001 2000 – 0001 2FFF
0001 3000 – 0001 3FFF
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
read only
2007 F000 – 2007 F7FF
2007 F800 – 2007 FFFF
CtoM MSG RAM (Parity)
MtoC MSG RAM (Parity)
2K
2K
0003 F800 – 0003 FBFF
0003 FC00 – 0003 FFFF
yes
yes
read only
yes
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
2008 0000 – 2008 1FFF
2008 2000 – 2008 3FFF
2008 4000 – 2008 5FFF
2008 6000 – 2008 7FFF
2008 8000 – 2008 9FFF
2008 A000 – 2008 BFFF
2008 C000 – 2008 DFFF
2008 E000 – 2008 FFFF
2009 0000 – 2009 1FFF
2009 2000 – 2009 3FFF
2009 4000 – 2009 5FFF
2009 6000 – 2009 7FFF
2009 8000 – 200F EFFF
200F F000 – 200F F7FF
200F F800 – 200F FFFF
2010 0000 – 21FF FFFF
C0 RAM - ECC Bits
C1 RAM - ECC Bits
C2 RAM - Parity Bits
C3 RAM - Parity Bits
S0 RAM - Parity Bits
S1 RAM - Parity Bits
S2 RAM - Parity Bits
S3 RAM - Parity Bits
S4 RAM - Parity Bits
S5 RAM - Parity Bits
S6 RAM - Parity Bits
S7 RAM - Parity Bits
Reserved
8K
8K
8K
8K
8K
8K
8K
8K
8K
8K
8K
8K
0004 C000 – 0004 CFFF
0004 D000 – 0004 DFFF
0004 E000 – 0004 EFFF
0004 F000 – 0004 FFFF
0005 0000 – 0005 0FFF
0005 1000 – 0005 1FFF
0005 2000 – 0005 2FFF
0005 3000 – 0005 3FFF
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
CtoM MSG RAM - Parity Bits
MtoC MSG RAM - Parity Bits
Reserved
2K
2K
0007 F800 – 0007 FBFF
0007 FC00 – 0007 FFFF
no
no
Bit Banded RAM Zone
(Dedicated address for each
RAM bit of Cortex™-M3 RAM
blocks above)
yes
yes
2200 0000 – 23FF FFFF
32M
64M
All RAM Spaces –
Mirror-Mapped
(Read cycles from this space
cause the µCRC peripheral to
continuously update data
checksum inside a register
when reading a block of data.)
2400 0000 – 27FF FFFF
2800 0000 – 3FFF FFFF
Reserved
(1) The letter "M" refers to the Master Subsystem.
(2) The letter "C" refers to the Control Subsystem.
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Overview
17
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 2-11. Master Subsystem Peripherals
µDMA
Access
M Address
Master Subsystem
Peripherals
Size
(Bytes)
C Address
C DMA Access(2)
(Byte-Aligned)(1)
(x16 Aligned)(2)
yes
yes
4000 0000 – 4000 0FFF
4000 1000 – 4000 1FFF
4000 2000 – 4000 3FFF
4000 4000 – 4000 4FFF
4000 5000 – 4000 5FFF
4000 6000 – 4000 6FFF
4000 7000 – 4000 7FFF
4000 8000 – 4000 8FFF
4000 9000 – 4000 9FFF
4000 A000 – 4000 AFFF
4000 B000 – 4000 BFFF
4000 C000 – 4000 CFFF
4000 D000 – 4000 DFFF
4000 E000 – 4000 EFFF
4000 F000 – 4000 FFFF
4001 0000 – 4001 0FFF
4001 1000 – 4001 FFFF
4002 0000 – 4002 07FF
4002 0800 – 4002 0FFF
4002 1000 – 4002 17FF
4002 1800 – 4002 1FFF
4002 2000 – 4002 3FFF
4002 4000 – 4002 4FFF
4002 5000 – 4002 5FFF
4002 6000 – 4002 6FFF
4002 7000 – 4002 7FFF
4002 8000 – 4002 FFFF
4003 0000 – 4003 0FFF
4003 1000 – 4003 1FFF
4003 2000 – 4003 2FFF
4003 3000 – 4003 3FFF
4003 4000 – 4003 CFFF
4003 D000 – 4003 DFFF
4003 E000 – 4003 FFFF
4004 8000 – 4004 8FFF
4004 9000 – 4004 FFFF
4005 0000 – 4005 0FFF
4005 1000 – 4005 7FFF
4005 8000 – 4005 8FFF
4005 9000 – 4005 9FFF
4005 A000 – 4005 AFFF
4005 B000 – 4005 BFFF
4005 C000 – 4005 CFFF
4005 D000 – 4005 DFFF
4005 E000 – 4005 EFFF
Watchdog Timer 0 Registers
Watchdog Timer 1 Registers
Reserved
M GPIO Port A (APB Bus)(1)
M GPIO Port B (APB Bus)(1)
M GPIO Port C (APB Bus)(1)
M GPIO Port D (APB Bus)(1)
SSI0
4K
4K
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
4K
4K
4K
4K
4K
4K
4K
4K
4K
4K
4K
4K
4K
SSI1
SSI2
SSI3
UART0
UART1
UART2
UART3
UART4
Reserved
no
no
no
no
I2C0 Master
2K
2K
2K
2K
I2C0 Slave
I2C1 Master
I2C1 Slave
Reserved
yes
yes
yes
yes
M GPIO Port E (APB Bus)(1)
M GPIO Port F (APB Bus)(1)
M GPIO Port G (APB Bus)(1)
M GPIO Port H (APB Bus)(1)
Reserved
4K
4K
4K
4K
yes
yes
yes
yes
GP Timer 0
4K
4K
4K
4K
GP Timer 1
GP Timer 2
GP Timer 3
Reserved
M GPIO Port J (APB Bus)(1)
yes
yes
yes
4K
4K
4K
Reserved
ENET MAC0
Reserved
USB MAC0
Reserved
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
M GPIO Port A (AHB Bus)(1)
M GPIO Port B (AHB Bus)(1)
M GPIO Port C (AHB Bus)(1)
M GPIO Port D (AHB Bus)(1)
M GPIO Port E (AHB Bus)(1)
M GPIO Port F (AHB Bus)(1)
M GPIO Port G (AHB Bus)(1)
4K
4K
4K
4K
4K
4K
4K
(1) The letter "M" refers to the Master Subsystem.
(2) The letter "C" refers to the Control Subsystem.
18
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
Table 2-11. Master Subsystem Peripherals (continued)
µDMA
Access
M Address
Master Subsystem
Peripherals
Size
(Bytes)
C Address
C DMA Access(2)
(Byte-Aligned)(1)
(x16 Aligned)(2)
yes
yes
4005 F000 – 4005 FFFF
4006 0000 – 4006 0FFF
4006 1000 – 4006 FFFF
4007 0000 – 4007 3FFF
4007 4000 – 4007 7FFF
4007 8000 – 400C FFFF
400D 0000 – 400D 0FFF
400D 1000 – 400F 9FFF
400F A000 – 400F A303
400F A304 – 400F A5FF
M GPIO Port H (AHB Bus)(1)
M GPIO Port J (AHB Bus)(1)
Reserved
4K
4K
no
no
CAN0
16K
16K
CAN1
Reserved
no
no
EPI0 (Registers only)
Reserved
M Flash Control Registers(1)
4K
772
Reserved
M Flash ECC Error Log
Registers(1)
no
400F A600 – 400F A647
72
400F A648 – 400F B1FF
400F B200 – 400F B2FF
Reserved
no
no
RAM Configuration Registers
256
256
0000 4900 – 0000 497F
0000 4A00 – 0000 4A7F
no
no
RAM ECC/Parity/Access Error
Log Registers
400F B300 – 400F B3FF
no
no
400F B400 – 400F B5FF
400F B600 – 400F B67F
400F B680 – 400F B6FF
400F B700 – 400F B77F
400F B780 – 400F B7FF
400F B800 – 400F B87F
400F B880 – 400F B8BF
400F B8C0 – 400F B8FF
M CSM Registers(1)
512
128
µCRC
Reserved
no
CtoM and MtoC IPC Registers
Reserved
M Clock Control Registers(1)
M LPM Control Registers(1)
M Reset Control Registers(1)
128
0000 4E00 – 0000 4E3F
0000 4400 – 0000 443F
no
no
no
no
no
128
64
64
0000 0880 – 0000 0890
no
400F B900 – 400F B93F
Device Configuration Registers
64
(Read Only)
400F B940 – 400F B97F
400F B980 – 400F B9FF
400F BA00 – 400F BA7F
400F BA80 – 400F EFFF
400F F000 – 400F FFFF
4010 0000 – 41FF FFFF
Reserved
no
no
M Write Protect Registers(1)
M NMI Registers(1)
Reserved
128
128
no
µDMA Registers
Reserved
4K
Bit Banded Peripheral Zone
(Dedicated address for each
register bit of Cortex™-M3
peripherals above.)
yes
4200 0000 – 43FF FFFF
4400 0000 – 4FFF FFFF
32M
Reserved
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Overview
19
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 2-12. Master Subsystem Analog and EPI
µDMA
Access
M Address
Size
(Bytes)
Master Subsystem Analog and EPI
(Byte-Aligned)(1)
5000 0000 – 5000 15FF
5000 1600 – 5000 161F
5000 1620 – 5000 167F
5000 1680 – 5000 169F
5000 16A0 – 5FFF FFFF
Reserved
yes
yes
ADC1 Result Registers
Reserved
32
ADC2 Result Registers
Reserved
32
EPI0
yes
6000 0000 – DFFF FFFF
2G
(External Peripheral/Memory Interface)
(1) The letter "M" refers to the Master Subsystem.
Table 2-13. Cortex™-M3 Private Bus
µDMA
Access
Cortex™-M3 Address
Size
(Bytes)
Cortex™-M3 Private Bus
(Byte-Aligned)
no
no
no
E000 0000 – E000 0FFF
E000 1000 – E000 1FFF
E000 2000 – E000 2FFF
E000 3000 – E000 E007
E000 E008 – E000 E00F
E000 E010 – E000 E01F
E000 E020 – E000 E0FF
E000 E100 – E000 E4EF
E000 E4F0 – E000 ECFF
E000 ED00 – E000 ED3F
E000 ED40 – E000 ED8F
E000 ED90 – E000 EDB8
E000 EDB9 – E000 EEFF
E000 EF00 – E000 EF03
E000 EF04 – FFFF FFFF
Reserved
DWT (Data Watchpoint and Trace)
FPB (Flash Patch and Breakpoint)
Reserved
4K
4K
no
no
System Control Block
System Timer
8
16
Reserved
no
no
no
no
Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC)
Reserved
1008
64
System Control Block
Reserved
Memory Protection Unit
Reserved
41
Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC)
Reserved
4
20
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
2.3 Master Subsystem
The Master Subsystem includes the Cortex™-M3 CPU, µDMA, Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller
(NVIC), Cortex™-M3 Peripherals, and Local Memory. Additionally, the Cortex™-M3 CPU and µDMA can
access the Control Subsystem through Shared Resources (IPC, Message RAM, Shared RAM), and talk to
the Analog Peripherals via the Analog Common Interface Bus. The Master Subsystem can also receive
events from the NMI block and send events to the Resets block.
Figure 2-1 shows the Master Subsystem.
2.3.1 Cortex™-M3 CPU
The 32-bit Cortex™-M3 processor offers high performance, fast interrupt handling, and access to a variety
of communication peripherals (including Ethernet and USB). The Cortex™-M3 features a Memory
Protection Unit (MPU) to provide a privileged mode for protected operating system functionality. A bus
bridge adjacent to the MPU can route program instructions and data on the I-CODE and D-CODE buses
that connect to the Boot ROM and Flash. Other data is typically routed through the Cortex™-M3 System
Bus connected to the local RAMs. The System Bus also goes to the Shared Resources block (also
accessible by the Control Subsystem) and to the Analog Subsystem through the Analog Common
Interface Bus (ACIB). Another bus bridge allows bus cycles from both the Cortex™-M3 System Bus and
those of the µDMA bus to access the Master Subsystem peripherals (via the APB bus or the AHP bus).
Most of the interrupts to the Cortex™-M3 CPU come from the Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller
(NVIC), which manages the interrupt requests from peripherals and assigns handling priorities. There are
also several exceptions generated by Cortex™-M3 CPU that can return to the Cortex™-M3 as interrupts
after being prioritized with other requests inside the NVIC. In addition to programmable priority interrupts,
there are also three levels of fixed-priority interrupts of which the highest priority, level-3, is given to
M3PORRST and M3SYSRST resets from the Resets block. The next highest priority, level-2, is assigned
to the M3NMIINT, which originates from the NMI block. The M3HRDFLT (Hard Fault) interrupt is assigned
to level-1 priority, and it is caused by one of the error condition exceptions (Memory Management, Bus
Fault, Usage Fault) escalating to Hard Fault because they are not enabled or not properly serviced.
The Cortex™-M3 CPU has two low-power modes: Sleep and Deep Sleep.
2.3.2 Cortex™-M3 DMA and NVIC
The Cortex™-M3 direct memory access (µDMA) module provides a hardware method of transferring data
between peripherals and/or memory without intervention from the Cortex™-M3 CPU. The Nested
Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) manages and prioritizes interrupt handling for the Cortex™-M3 CPU.
The Cortex™-M3 peripherals use REQ/DONE handshaking to coordinate data transfer requests with the
µDMA. If a DMA channel is enabled for a given peripheral, REQ/DONE from the peripheral will trigger the
data transfer, following which an IRQ request may be sent from the µDMA to the NVIC to announce to the
Cortex™-M3 that the transfer has completed. If a DMA channel is not enabled for a given peripheral,
REQ/DONE will directly drive IRQ to the NVIC so that the Cortex™-M3 CPU can transfer the data. For
those peripherals that are not supported by the µDMA, IRQs are supplied directly to the NVIC, bypassing
the DMA. This is the case for both Watchdogs, CANs, I2Cs, and the Analog-to-Digital Converters sending
ADCINT[8:1] interrupts from the Analog Subsystem. The NMI Watchdog does not send any events to the
µDMA or the NVIC (only to the Resets block).
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Overview
21
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
M3PORRST
M3SYSRST
M3 NMI
RESETS
3
2
1
FIXED
PRIORITY
INTERRUPTS
M3NMIINT
M3HRDFLT
M3NMIINT
M3NMI
M3NMIINT
M3NMIRST
M3WDRST (1:0)
NVIC
M3 PERIPHERALS
PERIPHERAL
I/O s
M3SWRST
M3DBGRST
APB BUS
AHB BUS
M3
GPTA/B
CPU
USB
MAC
REQ
EMAC RX
EMACTX
REQ
UART
(5:1)
REQ
(3:0)
(3:0)
REQ
SSI
(3:0)
REQ
EPI
REQ
BUS
uDMA
BRIDGE
DMA INTRS
USAGE FAULT
SVCALL
CAN0/1
(1:0)
ADC
INT
GPIO
(H:A)
IRQ
USB
MAC
IRQ
I2C
UART
(1:5)
IRQ
SSI
GPTA/B DMA
DMA
SW
IRQ
WDT
(1:0)
IRQ
(1:0)
IRQ
(0:3)
IRQ
(3:0)
(3:0)
IRQ
ERR
IRQ
EPI
EMAC
IRQ
(1:0)
IRQ
DBG MONITOR
PENDING SV
SYS TICK
(8:1)
IRQ
EXCEPTIONS
FROM M3 CORE
NVIC
(NESTED VECTORED INTERRUPT CONTROLLER)
PROGRAM-
MABLE
INTERRUPTS
PRIORITY
INTERRUPTS
CTOM IPC (4:1)
FLSINGER
FLFSM
RAMSINGERR
APB BUS (REG ACCESS ONLY)
MEM
MNGMT
uDMA BUS
M3 uDMA BUS
M3 SYSTEM BUS
LOCAL MEMORY
S0-S7
SHARED
RAM
MTOC
MSG
CTOM
MSG
SECURE
FLASH
(ECC)
SECURE
C0/C1
RAM
C2/C3
RAM
DATA
IPC
BOOT
ROM
MPU /
BRIDGE
REGS
INSTRUCTIONS
RAM
(parity)
RAM
(parity)
(parity)
(parity)
(ECC)
SHARED RESOURCES
I-CODE BUS
D-CODE BUS
RAMUNCERR
FLASHUNCERR
BUS CNTRL/FAULT LOGIC
RAMACCVIOL
RAMUNCERR
BUSFAULT
C28x SUBSYSTEM
Figure 2-1. Master Subsystem
22
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
2.3.3 Cortex™-M3 Interrupts
Table 2-14 shows all interrupt assignments for the Cortex™-M3 processor. Most interrupts (16–107) are
associated with interrupt requests from Cortex™-M3 peripherals. The first 15 interrupts (1–15) are
processor exceptions generated by the Cortex™-M3 core itself. These processor exceptions are detailed
in Table 2-15.
Table 2-14. Interrupts from NVIC to Cortex™-M3
Interrupt Number
(Bit in Interrupt Registers)
Vector Number
Vector Address or Offset
Description
–
0
0–15
16
0x0000.0000–0x0000.003C
0x0000.0040
0x0000.0044
0x0000.0048
0x0000.004C
0x0000.0050
0x0000.0054
0x0000.0058
0x0000.005C
0x0000.0060
–
Processor exceptions
GPIO Port A
GPIO Port B
GPIO Port C
GPIO Port D
GPIO Port E
UART0
1
17
2
18
3
19
4
20
5
21
6
22
UART1
7
23
SSI0
8
24
I2C0
9–17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25–27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38–41
42
44
45
46
47
48–52
53
54
55–56
57
58
25–33
34
Reserved
0x0000.0088
0x0000.008C
0x0000.0090
0x0000.0094
0x0000.0098
0x0000.009C
0x0000.00A0
–
Watchdog Timers 0 and 1
Timer 0A
35
36
Timer 0B
37
Timer 1A
38
Timer 1B
39
Timer 2A
40
Timer 2B
41–43
44
Reserved
0x0000.00B0
0x0000.00B4
0x0000.00B8
0x0000.00BC
0x0000.00C0
0x0000.00C4
0x0000.00C8
0x0000.00CC
0x0000.00D0
0x0000.00D4
–
System Control
Flash State Machine
GPIO Port F
GPIO Port G
GPIO Port H
UART2
45
46
47
48
49
50
SSI1
51
Timer 3A
52
Timer 3B
53
I2C1
54–57
58
Reserved
0x0000.00E8
0x0000.00F0
–
Ethernet Controller
USB
60
61
Reserved
62
0x0000.00F8
0x0000.00FC
–
µDMA Software
µDMA Error
Reserved
63
64–68
69
0x0000.0114
0x0000.0118
–
EPI
70
GPIO Port J
Reserved
71–72
73
0x0000.0124
0x0000.0128
SSI 2
74
SSI 3
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Overview
23
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 2-14. Interrupts from NVIC to Cortex™-M3 (continued)
Interrupt Number
(Bit in Interrupt Registers)
Vector Number
Vector Address or Offset
Description
59
60
75
76
0x0000.012C
UART3
0x0000.0130
–
UART4
61–63
64
77–79
80
Reserved
0x0000.0140
0x0000.0144
0x0000.0148
0x0000.014C
–
CAN1 INT0
CAN1 INT1
CAN1 INT0
CAN1 INT1
Reserved
65
81
66
82
67
83
68–71
72
84–87
88
0x0000.0160
0x0000.0164
0x0000.0168
0x0000.016C
0x0000.0170
0x0000.0174
0x0000.0178
0x0000.017C
0x0000.0180
0x0000.0184
0x0000.0188
0x0000.018C
–
ADCINT1
73
89
ADCINT2
74
90
ADCINT3
75
91
ADCINT4
76
92
ADCINT5
77
93
ADCINT6
78
94
ADCINT7
79
95
ADCINT8
80
96
CTOMIPC1
CTOMIPC2
CTOMIPC3
CTOMIPC4
Reserved
81
97
82
98
83
99
84–87
88
100–103
104
1–5
106
107
0x0000.01A0
0x0000.01A4
0x0000.01A8
0x0000.01AC
RAM Single Error
89
System / USB PLL Out of Lock
M3 Flash Single Error
Reserved
90
91
Table 2-15. Exceptions from Cortex™-M3 Core to NVIC
Vector Address or
Offset(2)
Exception Type
Priority(1)
Vector Number
Activation
Stack top is loaded from
the first entry of the vector
table on reset.
–
–
0
1
0x0000.0000
0x0000.0004
Reset
–3 (highest)
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
On Concerto devices
activated by clock fail
condition, C28 PIE error,
external M3GPIO NMI
input signal, and C28 NMI
WD timeout reset.
Non-Maskable Interrupt
(NMI)
–2
2
0x0000.0008
Hard Fault
–1
3
4
0x0000.000C
0x0000.0010
–
Memory Management
programmable(3)
Synchronous
(1) 0 is the default priority for all the programmable priorities
(2) See the "Vector Table" subsection of the "Exception Model" section in the Cortex-M3 Processor chapter of the Concerto F28M35x
Technical Reference Manual (literature number SPRUH22).
(3) See SYSPRI1 in the Cortex-M3 Peripherals chapter of the Concerto F28M35x Technical Reference Manual (literature number
SPRUH22).
24
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
Table 2-15. Exceptions from Cortex™-M3 Core to NVIC (continued)
Vector Address or
Offset(2)
Exception Type
Priority(1)
Vector Number
Activation
Synchronous when
precise and asynchronous
when imprecise.
On Concerto devices
activated by memory
access errors and RAM
and flash uncorrectable
data errors.
Bus Fault
programmable(3)
5
0x0000.0014
Usage Fault
–
programmable(3)
–
6
0x0000.0018
–
Synchronous
Reserved
7–10
SVCall
programmable(3)
programmable(3)
–
11
0x0000.002C
0x0000.0030
–
Synchronous
Synchronous
Reserved
Debug Monitor
–
12
13
PendSV
SysTick
Interrupts
programmable(3)
programmable(3)
14
15
0x0000.0038
0x0000.003C
Asynchronous
Asynchronous
(4)
programmable
16 and above
0x0000.0040 and above Asynchronous
(4) See PRIn registers in the Cortex-M3 Peripherals chapter of the Concerto F28M35x Technical Reference Manual (literature number
SPRUH22).
2.3.4 Cortex™-M3 Vector Table
Each peripheral interrupt of Table 2-14 is assigned an address offset containing the location of the
peripheral interrupt handler (relative to the vector table base) for that particular interrupt (vector numbers
16–107).
Similarly, each exception interrupt of Table 2-15 (including Reset) is also assigned an address offset
containing the location of the exception interrupt handler (relative to the vector table base) for that
particular interrupt (vector numbers 1–15).
In addition to interrupt vectors, the vector table also contains the initial stack pointer value at table
location 0.
Following system reset, the vector table base is fixed at address 0x0000.0000. Privileged software can
write to the Vector Table Offset (VTABLE) register to relocate the vector table start address to a different
memory location, in the range 0x0000 0200 to 0x3FFF FE00. Note that when configuring the VTABLE
register, the offset must be aligned on a 512-byte boundary.
2.3.5 Cortex™-M3 Local Peripherals
The Cortex™-M3 local peripherals include two Watchdogs, an NMI Watchdog, four General-Purpose
Timers, four SSI peripherals, two CAN peripherals, five UARTs, two I2C peripherals, Ethernet, USB +
PHY, EPI, and µCRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check). The USB and EPI are accessible through the AHB Bus
(Advanced High-Performance Bus). The remaining peripherals are accessible through the APB Bus
(Advanced Peripheral Bus). The APB and AHB bus cycles originate from the CPU System Bus or the
µDMA Bus via a bus bridge.
While the Cortex™-M3 CPU has access to all the peripherals, the µDMA has access to most, with the
exception of the µCRC, Watchdogs, NMI Watchdog, CAN peripherals, and the I2C peripheral. The
Cortex™-M3 peripherals connect to the Concerto™ device pins via GPIO_MUX1. Most of the peripherals
also generate event signals for the µDMA and/or the NVIC. The Watchdogs receive M3SWRST from the
NVIC (triggered by software) and send M3WDRST[1:0] reset requests to the Reset block. The NMI
Watchdog receives the M3NMI event from the NMI block and sends the M3NMIRST request to the Resets
block.
See Section 5.1 for more information on the Cortex™-M3 peripherals.
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Overview
25
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
2.3.6 Cortex™-M3 Local Memory
The Local Memory includes Boot ROM; Secure Flash with Error Correction Code (ECC); Secure C0/C1
RAM with ECC; and C2/C3 RAM with Parity Error Checking. The Boot ROM and Flash are both
accessible through the I-CODE and D-CODE Buses. Flash registers can also be accessed by the
Cortex™-M3 CPU through the APB Bus. All Local Memory is accessible from the Cortex™-M3 CPU; the
C2/C3 RAM is also accessible by the µDMA.
Two types of error correction events can be generated during access of the Local Memory: uncorrectable
errors and single errors. The uncorrectable errors (including one from the Shared Memories) generate a
Bus Fault Exception to the Cortex™-M3 CPU. The less critical single errors go to the NVIC where they
can result in maskable interrupts to the Cortex™-M3 CPU.
2.3.7 Cortex™-M3 Accessing Shared Resources and Analog Peripherals
There are several memories, digital peripherals, and analog peripherals that can be accessed by both the
Master and Control Subsystems. They are grouped into Shared Resources block and the Analog
Subsystem.
The Shared Resources block includes Inter-Processor Communications (IPC) registers, MTOC Message
RAM, CTOM Message RAM, and eight individually configurable Shared RAM blocks. The RAMs of the
Shared Resources block have Parity Error Checking.
The Message RAMs and the Shared RAMs can be accessed by the Cortex™-M3 CPU and µDMA. The
MTOC Message RAM is intended for sending data from the Master Subsystem to the Control Subsystem,
having r/w access for the Cortex™-M3/µDMA and read-only access for the C28x/DMA. The CTOM
Message RAM is intended for sending data from the Control Subsystem to the Master Subsystem, having
r/w access for the C28x/DMA and read-only access for the Cortex™-M3/µDMA.
The IPC registers provide up to 32 handshaking channels to coordinate the transfer of data through the
Message RAMs by polling. Four of these channels are also backed up by four interrupts to PIE on the
Control Subsystem side, and four interrupts to the NVIC on the Master Subsystem side (to reduce delays
associated with polling).
The eight Shared RAM blocks are similar to the Message RAMs, in that the data flow is only one way;
however, the direction of the data flow can be individually set for each block to be from Master to Control
Subsystem or from Control to Master Subsystem.
The Analog Subsystem has ADC1, ADC2, and Analog Comparator peripherals that can be accessed by
both the Cortex™-M3 and C28x Subsystems through the Analog Common Interface Bus. The
Cortex™-M3 CPU accesses the ACIB through the System Bus, and the µDMA through the µDMA Bus.
The ACIB arbitrates for access to the ADC and Analog Comparator registers between CPU/DMA bus
cycles of the Master Subsystem with those of the Control Subsystem. In addition to managing bus cycles,
the ACIB also transfers End-of-Conversion ADC interrupts to the Master Subsystem (as well as to the
Control Subsystem). The eight EOC sources from ADC1 and the eight EOC sources from ADC2 are
AND-ed together by the ACIB, with the resulting eight ADC interrupts going to destinations in both the
Master Subsystem and the Control Subsystem.
See Section 5.3 for more information on shared resources and analog peripherals.
2.4 Control Subsystem
The Control Subsystem includes the C28x CPU/FPU/VCU, Peripheral Interrupt Expansion (PIE) block,
DMA, C28x Peripherals, and Local Memory. Additionally, the C28x CPU and DMA have access to Shared
Resources (IPC, Message RAM, Shared RAM), and to Analog Peripherals via the Analog Common
Interface Bus.
Figure 2-2 shows the Control Subsystem.
26
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
RAMUNCERR
RAMUNCERR
GPIO_MUX1
M3 SUBSYSTEM
C28x NMI
ECCDBLERR
FLASHUNCERR
QUAL
SHARED RESOURCES
C28x LOCAL MEMORY
S0-S7
SHARED
RAM
MTOC
MSG
CTOM
MSG
SECURE
L0/L1
RAM
M0/M1
RAM
SECURE
L2/L3
RAM
IPC
BOOT
ROM
LPMWAKE
RAM
RAM
FLASH
(ECC)
REGS
(ECC)
(parity)
(parity)
(parity)
(ECC)
(parity)
MTOCIPC (4:1)
LVF
LUF
RAMACCVIOL
FLSINGERR
FLFSM
RAMSINGERR
C28x
FPU
PIE (PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT EXPANSION)
PIEINTRS (12:1)
DINTCH (6:1)
ADCINT (8:1)
ADCINT (4:1)
MXINTA, MRINTA
TINT 0,1,2
I2C
SCIRXINTA
SCITXINTA
SPI
C28x
CPU
C28x
TINT 0,1,2
XINT 2
DMA
EQEP(3:1)INT
EPWM(9:1)INT
EPWM(9:1)TZINT
ECAP(6:1)INT
XINT 1,2,3
SOCA (9:1), SOCB(9:1)
SOCA (9:1), SOCB(9:1)
C28 DMA BUS
C28 CPU BUS
TINT1
TINT2
C28x
VCU
C28x PERIPHERALS
PERIPHERAL
I/O s
EQEP
ERR
C28NMI
C28NMIINT
ECCDBLERR
EMUSTOP
PIENMIERR
GPTRIP
(12:1)
GPTRIP
(12:7)
GPTRIP
(6:4)
CLOCKFAIL
C28NMIRST
SOCAO
SOCBO
SYNCO
GPIO_MUX1
GPIO_MUX1
M3 CLOCKS
RESETS
M3 NMI
C28x NMI
Figure 2-2. Control Subsystem
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Overview
27
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
2.4.1 C28x CPU/FPU/VCU
The F28M35x Concerto™ MCU family is a member of the TMS320C2000™ MCU platform. The
Concerto™ C28x CPU/FPU has the same 32-bit fixed-point architecture as TI's existing Piccolo™ MCUs,
combined with a single-precision (32-bit) IEEE 754 floating-point unit (FPU) of TI’s existing Delfino™
MCUs. It is a very efficient C/C++ engine, enabling users to develop their system control software in a
high-level language. It also enables math algorithms to be developed using C/C++. The device is as
efficient at DSP math tasks as it is at system control tasks. The 32 x 32-bit MAC 64-bit processing
capabilities enable the controller to handle higher numerical resolution problems efficiently. With the
addition of the fast interrupt response with automatic context save of critical registers, the device is
capable of servicing many asynchronous events with minimal latency. The device has an 8-level-deep
protected pipeline with pipelined memory accesses. This pipelining enables it to execute at high speeds
without resorting to expensive high-speed memories. Special branch-look-ahead hardware minimizes the
latency for conditional discontinuities. Special conditional store operations further improve performance.
The VCU extends the capabilities of the C28x CPU and C28x+FPU processors by adding additional
instructions to accelerate Viterbi, Complex Arithmetic, 16-bit FFTs, and CRC algorithms. No changes have
been made to existing instructions, pipeline, or memory bus architecture. Therefore, programs written for
the C28x are completely compatible with the C28x+VCU.
There are two events generated by the FPU block that go to the C28x Peripheral Interrupt Expansion
(PIE): LVF and LUV. Inside PIE, these and other events from C28x peripherals and memories result in 12
PIE interrupts PIEINTS[12:1] into the C28x CPU. The C28x CPU also receives three additional interrupts
directly (instead of through PIE) from Timer 1 (TINT1), from Timer 2 (TINT2), and from the NMI block
(C28uNMIINT).
The C28x has two low-power modes: Idle and Standby.
2.4.2 C28x Peripheral Interrupt Expansion (PIE)
The PIE block serves to multiplex numerous interrupt sources into a smaller set of interrupt inputs. The
PIE block can support up to 96 peripheral interrupts. On the F28M35x, 70 of the possible 96 interrupts are
used. The 96 interrupts are grouped into blocks of 8 and each group is fed into 1 of 12 CPU interrupt lines
(INT1 to INT12). Each of 12 interrupt lines supports up to 8 simultaneously active interrupts. Each of the
96 interrupts has its own vector stored in a dedicated RAM block that can be overwritten by the user. The
vector is automatically fetched by the CPU on servicing the interrupt. It takes eight CPU clock cycles to
fetch the vector and save critical CPU registers. Hence, the CPU can quickly respond to interrupt events.
Prioritization of interrupts is controlled in hardware and software. Each individual interrupt can be enabled
or disabled within the PIE block.
See Table 2-16 for PIE interrupt assignments.
28
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
Table 2-16. PIE Peripheral Interrupts(1)
PIE INTERRUPTS
CPU INTERRUPTS
INTx.8
INTx.7
INTx.6
INTx.5
INTx.4
INTx.3
INTx.2
INTx.1
C28.LPMWAKE
(C28LPM)
TINT0
(TIMER 0)
0x0D4C
Reserved
–
0x0D4A
XINT2
–
0x0D48
XINT1
–
0x0D46
Reserved
–
0x0D44
ADCINT2
(ADC)
0x0D42
ADCINT1
(ADC)
0x0D40
INT1
0x0D4E
EPWM8_TZINT
(ePWM8)
EPWM7_TZINT
(ePWM7)
EPWM6_TZINT
(ePWM6)
EPWM5_TZINT
(ePWM5)
EPWM4_TZINT
(ePWM4)
EPWM3_TZINT
(ePWM3)
EPWM2_TZINT
(ePWM2)
EPWM1_TZINT
(ePWM1)
INT2
INT3
INT4
INT5
INT6
INT7
INT8
INT9
INT10
INT11
INT12
0x0D5E
0x0D5C
0x0D5A
0x0D58
0x0D56
0x0D54
0x0D52
0x0D50
EPWM8_INT
(ePWM8)
0x0D6E
EPWM7_INT
(ePWM7)
0x0D6C
EPWM6_INT
(ePWM6)
0x0D6A
EPWM5_INT
(ePWM5)
0x0D68
EPWM4_INT
(ePWM4)
0x0D66
EPWM3_INT
(ePWM3)
0x0D64
EPWM2_INT
(ePWM2)
0x0D62
EPWM1_INT
(ePWM1)
0x0D60
EPWM9_TZINT
(ePWM9)
Reserved
–
0x0D7C
ECAP6_INT
(eCAP6)
0x0D7A
ECAP5_INT
(eCAP5)
0x0D78
ECAP4_INT
(eCAP4)
0x0D76
ECAP3_INT
(eCAP3)
0x0D74
ECAP2_INT
(eCAP2)
0x0D72
ECAP1_INT
(eCAP1)
0x0D70
0x0D7E
EPWM9_INT
(ePWM9)
0x0D8E
Reserved
–
0x0D8C
Reserved
–
0x0D8A
Reserved
–
0x0D88
Reserved
–
0x0D86
EQEP3_INT
(eQEP3)
0x0D84
EQEP2_INT
(eQEP2)
0x0D82
EQEP1_INT
(eQEP1)
0x0D80
Reserved
–
0x0D9E
Reserved
–
0x0D9C
MXINTA
(McBSPA)
0x0D9A
MRINTA
(McBSPA)
0x0D98
Reserved
–
0x0D96
Reserved
–
0x0D94
SPITXINTA
(SPIA)
0x0D92
SPIRXINTA
(SPIA)
0x0D90
Reserved
–
0x0DAE
Reserved
–
0x0DAC
DINTCH6
(C28 DMA)
0x0DAA
DINTCH5
(C28 DMA)
0x0DA8
DINTCH4
(C28 DMA)
0x0DA6
DINTCH3
(C28 DMA)
0x0DA4
DINTCH2
(C28 DMA)
0x0DA2
DINTCH1
(C28 DMA)
0x0DA0
Reserved
–
0x0DBE
Reserved
–
0x0DBC
Reserved
–
0x0DBA
Reserved
–
0x0DB8
Reserved
–
0x0DB6
Reserved
–
0x0DB4
I2CINT2A
(I2CA)
0x0DB2
I2CINT1A
(I2CA)
0x0DB0
Reserved
–
0x0DCE
Reserved
–
0x0DCC
Reserved
–
0x0DCA
Reserved
–
0x0DC8
Reserved
–
0x0DC6
Reserved
–
0x0DC4
SCITXINTA
(SCIA)
0x0DC2
SCIRXINTA
(SCIA)
0x0DC0
ADCINT8
(ADC)
0x0DDE
ADCINT7
(ADC)
0x0DDC
ADCINT6
(ADC)
0x0DDA
ADCINT5
(ADC)
0x0DD8
ADCINT4
(ADC)
0x0DD6
ADCINT3
(ADC)
0x0DD4
ADCINT2
(ADC)
0x0DD2
ADCINT1
(ADC)
0x0DD0
Reserved
–
0x0DEE
Reserved
–
0x0DEC
Reserved
–
0x0DEA
Reserved
–
0x0DE8
MTOCIPCINT4
(IPC)
0x0DE6
MTOCIPCINT3
(IPC)
0x0DE4
MTOCIPCINT2
(IPC)
0x0DE2
MTOCIPCINT1
(IPC)
0x0DE0
LUF
(C28FPU)
0x0DFE
LVF
(C28FPU)
0x0DFC
Reserved
–
0x0DFA
C28RAMACCVIOL C28RAMSINGERR
C28FLFSM
(Memory)
0x0DF4
C28FLSINGERR
(Memory)
XINT3
(Ext. Int. 3)
0x0DF0
(Memory)
0x0DF8
(Memory)
0x0DF6
0x0DF2
(1) Out of the 96 possible interrupts, 66 interrupts are currently used. The remaining interrupts are reserved for future devices. These
interrupts can be used as software interrupts if they are enabled at the PIEIFRx level, provided none of the interrupts within the group is
being used by a peripheral. Otherwise, interrupts coming in from peripherals may be lost by accidentally clearing their flag while
modifying the PIEIFR. To summarize, there are two safe cases when the reserved interrupts could be used as software interrupts:
1) No peripheral within the group is asserting interrupts.
2) No peripheral interrupts are assigned to the group (example PIE group 11).
2.4.3 C28x DMA
The C28x direct memory access (DMA) module provides a hardware method of transferring data between
peripherals and/or memory without intervention from the CPU, thereby freeing up bandwidth for other
system functions. Additionally, the DMA has the capability to orthogonally rearrange the data as it is
transferred as well as “ping-pong” data between buffers. These features are useful for structuring data into
blocks for optimal CPU processing. The interrupt trigger source for each of the six DMA channels can be
configured separately and each channel contains its own independent PIE interrupt to let the CPU know
when a DMA transfer has either started or completed. Five of the six channels are exactly the same, while
Channel 1 has one additional feature: the ability to be configured at a higher priority than the others.
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Overview
29
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
2.4.4 C28x Local Peripherals
The C28x local peripherals include NMI Watchdog, three Timers, four Serial Port Peripherals (SCI, SPI,
McBSP, I2C), and three types of Control Peripherals (ePWM, eQEP, eCAP). All peripherals are accessible
by the C28x CPU via the C28x Memory Bus. Additionally, the McBSP and ePWM are accessible by the
C28x DMA Bus. The Serial Port Peripherals and the Control Peripherals connect to Concerto’s pins via
the GPIO_MUX1 block. Internally, the C28x peripherals generate events to the PIE block, C28x DMA, and
the Analog Subsystem. The C28x NMI Watchdog receives a C28NMI event from the NMI block and sends
a counter timeout event to the Cortex™-M3 NMI block and the Resets block to flag a potentially critical
condition.
The ePWM peripheral receives events that can be used to trip the ePWM outputs EPWMxA and
EPWMxB. These events include ECCDBLERR event from the C28x Local Memory, PIENMIERR and
EMUSTOP events from the C28x CPU, and up to 12 trips from GPIO_MUX1.
See Section 5.2 for more information on C28x peripherals.
2.4.5 C28x Local Memory
The C28x Local Memory includes Boot ROM; Secure Flash with Error Correction Code (ECC); Secure
L0/L1 RAM with ECC; L2/L3 RAM with Parity Error Checking; and M0/M1 with ECC. All local memories
are accessible from the C28x CPU; the L2/L3 RAM is also accessible by the C28x DMA. Two types of
error correction events can be generated during access of the C28x Local Memory: uncorrectable errors
and single errors. The uncorrectable errors propagate to the NMI block where they can become the
C28NMI to the C28x NMI Watchdog and the C28NMIINT non-maskable interrupt to the C28x CPU. The
less critical single errors go to the PIE block where they can become maskable interrupts to the C28x
CPU.
2.4.6 C28x Accessing Shared Resources and Analog Peripherals
There are several memories, digital peripherals, and analog peripherals that can be accessed by both the
Master and Control Subsystems. They are grouped into the Shared Resources block and the Analog
Subsystem.
The Shared Resources block includes Inter-Processor Communications (IPC) registers, MTOC Message
RAM, CTOM Message RAM, and eight individually configurable Shared RAM blocks.
The Message RAMs and the Shared RAMs can be accessed by the C28x CPU and DMA and have
Parity-Error Checking. The MTOC Message RAM is intended for sending data from the Master Subsystem
to the Control Subsystem, having r/w access for the Cortex™-M3/µDMA and read-only access for the
C28x/DMA. The CTOM Message RAM is intended for sending data from the Control Subsystem to the
Master Subsystem, having r/w access for the C28x/DMA and read-only access for the
Cortex™-M3/µDMA.
The IPC registers provide up to 32 handshaking channels to coordinate transfer of data through the
Message RAMs by polling. Four of these channels are also backed up by four interrupts to PIE on the
Control Subsystem side, and four interrupts to the NVIC on the Master Subsystem side (to reduce delays
associated with polling).
The eight Shared RAM blocks are similar to the Message RAMs, in that the data flow is only one way;
however, the direction of the data flow can be individually set for each block to be from Master to Control
Subsystem or from Control to Master Subsystem.
See Section 5.3 for more information on shared resources and analog peripherals.
30
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
2.5 Analog Subsystem
The Analog Subsystem has ADC1, ADC2, and six Analog Comparator + DAC units that can be accessed
by both the Master Subsystem and Control Subsystem via the Analog Common Interface Bus. The C28x
CPU accesses the ACIB through the C28x Memory Bus, and the C28x DMA through the C28x DMA Bus.
The ACIB arbitrates for access to ADC and Analog Comparator registers between CPU/DMA bus cycles
of the C28x Subsystem with those of the Cortex™-M3 Subsystem. In addition to managing bus cycles, the
ACIB also transfers Start-Of-Conversion triggers to the Analog Subsystem and returns End-Of-Conversion
ADC interrupts to both the Master Subsystem and the Control Subsystem.
There are 22 possible SOC (Start-Of-Conversion) sources from the C28x Subsystem that are mapped to a
total of 8 possible SOC triggers inside the Analog Subsystem (to ADC1 and ADC2).
Going the other way, eight EOC (End-Of-Conversion) sources from ADC1 and eight EOC sources from
ADC2 are AND-ed together to form eight interrupts going to destinations in both the Master and Control
Subsystems. Inside the C28x Subsystem, all eight EOC interrupts go to the PIE, but only four of the same
eight go to the C28x DMA.
The Concerto™ MCU Analog Subsystem has two independent Analog-to-Digital Converters (ADC1,
ADC2); six Analog Comparators + DAC units; and an Analog Common Interface Bus (ACIB) to facilitate
analog data communications with Concerto’s two digital subsystems (Cortex™-M3 and C28x).
Figure 2-3 shows the Analog Subsystem.
2.5.1 ADC1
The ADC1 consists of a 12-bit Analog-to-Digital converter with up to 16 analog input channels of which
10 are currently pinned out. One of the not-pinned-out channels is assigned to the internal temperature
sensor. The analog channels are internally pre-assigned to two Sample-and-Hold (S/H) units A and B,
both feeding an Analog Mux whose output is converted to a 12-bit digital value and stored in ADC1 result
registers. The two S/H units enable simultaneous sampling of two analog signals at a time. Additional
channels or channel pairs are converted sequentially. Start-of-Conversion (SOC) triggers from the Control
Subsystem initiate analog-to-digital conversions. End-of-Conversion (EOC) interrupts from ADCs notify the
Master and Control Subsystems that the conversion results are ready to be read from ADC1 result
registers.
See Section 5.3.1 for more information on ADC peripherals.
2.5.2 ADC2
The ADC2 consists of a 12-bit Analog-to-Digital converter with up to 16 analog input channels of which
10 are currently pinned out. The analog channels are internally preassigned to two Sample-and-Hold (S/H)
units A and B, both feeding an Analog Mux whose output is converted to a 12-bit digital value and stored
in the ADC2 result registers. The two S/H units enable simultaneous sampling of two analog signals at a
time. Additional channels or channel pairs are converted sequentially. Start-of-Conversion (SOC) triggers
from the Control Subsystem initiate analog-to-digital conversions. End-of-Conversion (EOC) interrupts
from ADCs notify the Master and Control Subsystems that the conversion results are ready to be read
from ADC2 result registers.
See Section 5.3.1 for more information on ADC peripherals.
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Overview
31
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
10
AIO_MUX1
GPIO
MUX
4
ANALOG
COMMON
INTERFACE
BUS
ADC1INA0
ADC1INA1
ADC1INA3
ADC1INA4
ADC1INA6
ADC1INA7
ADC1INB0
ADC1INB3
ADC1INB4
ADC1INB7
ANALOG BUS
M3
M3
MCIBSTATUS REG
CPU
uDMA
ADC
1
TRIGS (8:1)
M3
SYSTEM
BUS
M3
uDMA
BUS
COMPA1
COMPA2
COMPA3
COMPB2
EOC
INTER-
RUPTS
(8:1)
ADC1INT (8:1)
ADC2INT (8:1)
VDDA
(3.3V)
ADCINT(8:1)
6
COMPARATOR
+ DAC UNITS
8
COMPOUT (6:1)
VSSA
(0V)
C28
CPU
BUS
C28
DMA
BUS
8
COMPA4
COMPA5
COMPA6
COMPB5
C28x
CPU
C28x
DMA
CCIBSTATUS REG
ADCINT
(4:1)
TRIGS (8:1)
ADC
2
SOC
TRIG-
GERS
(8:1)
TINT (2:0)
XINT2
ADC2INA0
ADC2INB0
ADC2INB3
ADC2INB4
ADC2INB7
ADC2INA2
ADC2INA3
ADC2INA4
ADC2INA6
ADC2INA7
SOC (9:1) A
SOC (9:1) B
TRIG8SEL REG
TRIG7SEL REG
. . .
GPIO
MUX
TIMER
(3)
XINT2
EPWM
(9)
TRIG2SEL REG
TRIG1SEL REG
4
AIO_MUX2
10
Figure 2-3. Analog Subsystem
32
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
2.5.3 Analog Comparator + DAC
There are six Comparator blocks enabling simultaneous comparison of multiple pairs of analog inputs,
resulting in six digital comparison outputs. The external analog inputs that are being compared in the
comparators come from AIO_MUX1 and AIO_MUX2 blocks. These analog inputs can be compared
against each other or the outputs of 10-bit DACs (Digital-to-Analog Converters) inside individual
Comparator modules. The six comparator outputs go to the GPIO_MUX2 block where they can be
mapped to six out of eight available pins.
Note that in order to use these comparator outputs to trip the C28x EPWMA/B outputs, they must be first
routed externally from pins of the GPIO_MUX2 block to selected pins of the GPIO_MUX1 block before
they can be assigned to selected 12 ePWM Trip Inputs.
See Section 5.3.2 for more information on the analog comparator + DAC.
2.5.4 Analog Common Interface Bus (ACIB)
The ACIB bus links the Master and Control Subsystems with the Analog Subsystem. It enables the
Cortex™-M3 CPU/µDMA and C28x CPU/DMA to access Analog Subsystem registers, to send SOC
Triggers to the Analog Subsystem, and to receive EOC Interrupts from the Analog Subsystem. The
Cortex™-M3 uses its System Bus and the µDMA Bus to read from and write to Analog Subsystem
registers. The C28x uses its Memory Bus and the DMA bus to access the same Analog Subsystem
registers. The ACIB arbitrates between up to four possibly simultaneously occurring bus cycles on the
Master/Control Subsystem side of ACIB to access the ADC and Analog Comparator registers on the
Analog Subsystem side.
Additionally, ACIB maps up to 22 SOC trigger sources from the Control Subsystem to 8 SOC trigger
destinations inside the Analog Subsystem (shared between ADC1 and ADC2), and up to 16 ADC EOC
interrupt sources from the Analog Subsystem to 8 destinations inside the Master and Control Subsystems.
The eight ADC interrupts are the result of AND-ing of eight EOC interrupts from ADC1 with 8 EOC
interrupts from ADC2. The total of 16 possible ADC1 and ADC2 interrupts are sharing the 8 interrupt lines
because it is unlikely that any application would need all 16 interrupts at the same time.
Eight registers (TRIG1SEL–TRIG8SEL) configure eight corresponding SOC triggers to assign 1 of 22
possible trigger sources to each SOC trigger.
There are two registers that provide status of ACIB to the Master Subsystem and to the Control
Subsystem.
The Cortex™-M3 can read the MCIBSTATUS register to verify that the Analog Subsystem is properly
powered up; the Analog System Clock (ASYSCLK) is present; and that the bus cycles, triggers, and
interrupts are correctly propagating between the Master, Control, and Analog subsystems.
The C28x can read the CCIBSTATUS register to verify that the Analog Subsystem is properly powered
up; the Analog System Clock (ASYSCLK) is present; and that the bus cycles, triggers, and interrupts are
correctly propagating between the Master, Control, and Analog subsystems.
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Overview
33
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
2.6 Master Subsystem NMIs
The Cortex™-M3 NMI Block generates an M3NMIINT non-maskable interrupt to the Cortex™-M3 CPU
and an M3NMI event to the NMI Watchdog in response to potentially critical conditions existing inside or
outside the Concerto™ MCU. When able to respond to the M3NMIINT interrupt, the Cortex™-M3 CPU
may address the NMI condition and disable the NMI Watchdog. Otherwise, the NMI Watchdog counts out
and an M3NMIRST reset signal is sent to the Resets block.
The inputs to the Cortex™-M3 NMI block include the C28NMIRST, PIENMIERR, CLOCKFAIL, ACIBERR,
VREGWARN and EXTGPIO signals. The C28NMIRST comes from the C28x NMI Watchdog and it
indicates that the C28x was not able to prevent the C28x NMI Watchdog counter from counting out.
PIENMIERR indicates that an error condition was generated during the NMI vector fetch from the C28x
Peripheral Interrupt Expansion (PIE) block. The CLOCKFAIL input comes from the Master Clocks Block,
announcing a missing clock source to the Main Oscillator. ACIBERR indicates an abnormal condition
inside the Analog Common Interface Bus. The VREGWARN input communicates a power anomaly.
EXTGPIO comes from the GPIO_MUX1 to announce an external emergency.
The Cortex™-M3 NMI block can be accessed via the Cortex™-M3 NMI configuration registers—including
the MNMIFLG, MNMIFLGCLR, and MNMIFLGFRC registers—to examine flag bits for the NMI sources,
clear the flags, and force the flags to active state, respectively.
Figure 2-4 shows the Cortex™-M3 NMI and C28x NMI.
2.7 Control Subsystem NMIs
The C28x NMI Block generates a C28NMIINT non-maskable interrupt to the C28x CPU and a C28NMI
event to the C28x NMI Watchdog in response to potentially critical conditions existing inside the
Concerto™ MCU. When able to respond to the C28NMIINT interrupt, the C28x CPU may address the NMI
condition and disable the C28x NMI Watchdog. Otherwise, the C28x NMI Watchdog counts out and the
C28NMIRST reset signal is sent to the Resets block and the Cortex™-M3 NMI Block, where it can
generate an NMI to the Cortex™-M3 processor.
The inputs to the C28x NMI block include the CLOCKFAIL, ACIBERR, RAMUNCERR, FLASHUNCERR,
and PIENMIERR signals. The CLOCKFAIL input comes from the Clocks Block, announcing a missing
clock source to the Main Oscillator. ACIBERR indicates an abnormal condition inside the Analog Common
Interface Bus. The RAMUCERR and FLASHUNCERR announce the occurrence of uncorrectable error
conditions during access to the Flash or RAM (local or shared). PIENMIERR indicates that an error
condition was generated during NMI vector fetch from the C28x Peripheral Interrupt Expansion (PIE)
block.
The C28x NMI block can be accessed via the C28x NMI configuration registers—including the CNMIFLG,
CNMIFLGCLR, and CNMIFLGFRC registers—to examine flag bits for the NMI sources, clear the flags,
and force the flags to active state, respectively.
Figure 2-4 shows the Cortex™-M3 NMI and C28x NMI.
34
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
1.2V
VREG
M3 NMI
WDOG
M3 WDOG
(2)
VREGWARN
M3NMI
M3NMIRST
M3WDRST (1:0)
NMI
M3NMI
M3EXTNMI
M3NMIINT
GPIO_MUX
M3 NMI
M3 CPU
C28NMIRST
ACIBERR
ANALOG
SUBSYSTEM
M3WDRST (1:0)
M3NMIRST
RESETS
C28NMIRST
CLOCKFAIL
CLOCKS
PIENMIERR
C28NMIINT
C28NMI
C28x CPU
RAMUNCERR
C28x NMI
SHARED RAM
C28x LOCAL
RAM
FLASHUNCERR
C28NMI
C28NMIRST
C28x
FLASH
C28x NMI
WDOG
Figure 2-4. Cortex™-M3 NMI and C28x NMI
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Overview
35
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
2.8 Resets
The Concerto™ MCU has two external reset pins: XRS for the Master and Control Subsystems, and ARS
for the Analog Subsystem. It is recommended that these two pins be externally tied together with a board
signal trace.
The XRS pin can receive an external reset signal from outside into the chip, and it can drive a reset signal
out from inside of the chip. A reset pulse driven into the XRS pin resets the Master and Control
Subsystems. A reset pulse can also be driven out of the XRS pin by the voltage monitoring block of the
Master and Control Subsystems. A reset pulse can be driven out of the XRS pin when the two
Cortex™-M3 Watchdogs or the Cortex™-M3 NMI Watchdog time out.
The ARS pin can receive an external reset signal from outside into the chip, and it can drive a reset signal
out from inside of the chip. A reset pulse driven into the ARS pin resets the Analog Subsystem. A reset
pulse can be driven out of the ARS pin by the voltage monitoring block of the Analog Subsystem.
Figure 2-5 shows the resets.
2.8.1 Cortex™-M3 Resets
The Cortex™-M3 CPU and NVIC (Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller) are both reset by the POR
(Power-On Reset) or the M3SYSRST reset signal. In both cases, the Cortex™-M3 CPU restarts program
execution from the address provided by the reset entry in the vector table. A register can later be
referenced to determine the source of the reset. The M3SYSRST signal also propagates to the
Cortex™-M3 peripherals and the rest of the Cortex™-M3 Subsystem.
The M3SYSRST has four possible sources: XRS, M3WDOGS, M3SWRST, and M3DBGRST. The
M3WDOGS is set in response to time-out conditions of the two Cortex™-M3 Watchdogs or the
Cortex™-M3 NMI Watchdog. The M3SWRST is a software-generated reset output by the NVIC. The
M3DBGRS is a debugger-generated reset that is also output by the NVIC. In addition to driving
M3SYSRST, these two resets also propagate to the C28x Subsystem and the Analog Subsystem.
The M3RSNIN bit can be set inside the CRESCNF register to selectively reset the C28x Subsystem from
the Cortex™-M3, and ACIBRST bit of the same register selectively resets the Analog Common Interface
Bus. In addition to driving reset signals to other parts of the chip, the Cortex™-M3 can also detect a
C28SYSRST reset being set inside the C28x Subsystem by reading the CRES bit of the CRESSTS
register.
Cortex™-M3 software can also set bits in the SRCR register to selectively reset individual Cortex™-M3
peripherals, provided they are enabled inside the DC (Device Configuration) register. The Reset Cause
register (MRESC) can be read to find out if the latest reset was caused by External Reset,
VMON/POR/BOR, Watchdog Timer 0, Watchdog Timer 1, or Software Reset from NVIC.
36
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
M3 WDOG (1)
M3 WDOG (0)
M3WDOGS
CRESSTS REG
CRESCNF REG
JTAG
CONTROLLER
( SETS DEFAULT VALUES ) XRS
SOFTWARE
POR
M3PORRST
VOLTAGE
REGULATION
AND
M3
NVIC
M3
CPU
M3
NMI
MONITORING
XRS
WDOG
M3SYSRST
XRS
FLASH PUMP
M3SYSRST
M3SWRST
PERIPHERAL SOFTWARE RESETS
SRCR REG
M3DBGRST
M3
SUBSYSTEM
MRESC REG
DC REG
CONTAINS RESET CAUSES
GLOBAL PERIPHERAL ENABLES
ARS
PIN
ACIBRST
SRXRST
ANALOG
SUBSYSTEM
XRS
GPIO_MUX
SHARED
RESOURCES
M3WDOGS
POR
C28x
SUBSYSTEM
‘0’
XRS
PIN
C28RSTIN
XRS
C28SYSRST
C28x
CPU
SYNC
DEGLITCH
M3SSCLK
C28x
NMI
XRS
WDOG
RESET INPUT SIGNAL STATUS
C28NMIWD
DEVICECNF REG
Figure 2-5. Resets
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Overview
37
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
2.8.2 C28x Resets
The C28x CPU is reset by the C28RSTIN signal, and the C28x CPU in turn resets the rest of the C28x
Subsystem with the C28SYSRST signal. When reset, the C28x restarts program execution from the
address provided at the top of the Boot ROM Vector Table.
The C28RSTIN has five possible sources: XRS, C28NMIWD, M3SWRST, M3DBGRST, and the
M3RSNIN. The C28NMIWD is set in response to time-out conditions of the C28x NMI Watchdog. The
M3SWRST is a software-generated reset output by the NVIC. The M3DBGRS is a debugger-generated
reset that is also output by the NVIC. These two resets must be first enabled by the Cortex™-M3
processor in order to propagate to the C28x Subsystem. M3RSNIN reset comes from the Cortex™-M3
Subsystem to selectively reset the C28x Subsystem from Cortex™-M3 software.
The C28x processor can learn the status of the internal ACIBRST reset signal and the external XRS pin
by reading the DEVICECNF register.
2.8.3 Analog Subsystem and Shared Resources Resets
Both the Analog Subsystem and the resources shared between the C28x and Cortex™-M3 subsystems
(IPC, MSG RAM, Shared RAM) are reset by the SRXRST reset signal. Additionally, the Analog
Subsystem is also reset by the internal ACIBRST signal from the Cortex™-M3 Subsystem and the
external ARS pin (which should be externally tied to the XRS pin).
The SRXRST has three possible sources: XRS, M3SWRST, and M3DBGRST. The M3SWRST is a
software-generated reset output by the NVIC. The M3DBGRS is a debugger-generated reset that is also
output by the NVIC. These two resets must be first enabled by the Cortex™-M3 processor in order to
propagate to the Analog Subsystem and the Shared Resources.
2.8.4 Device Boot Sequence
Concerto’s boot sequence is used to configure the Master Subsystem and the Control Subsystem for
execution of application code. It involves both internal resources, and resources external to the device.
These resources include: Master Subsystem Bootloader code (M-Bootloader) factory-programmed inside
the Master Subsystem Boot ROM (M-Boot ROM); Control Subsystem Bootloader code (C-Bootloader)
factory-programmed inside the Control Subsystem Boot ROM (C-Boot ROM); three GPIO_MUX1 pins for
Master boot mode selection; internal Flash and RAM memories; and selected Cortex™-M3 and C28x
peripherals for loading the application code into the Master and Control Subsystems.
The boot sequence starts when the Master Subsystem comes out of reset. This can be caused by device
power up, external reset, debugger reset, software reset, Cortex™-M3 watchdog reset, or Cortex™-M3
NMI watchdog reset. While the M-Bootloader starts executing first, the C-Bootloader starts soon after, and
then both bootloaders work in tandem to configure the device, load application code for both processors (if
not already in the Flash), and branch the execution of each processor to a selected location in the
application code.
Execution of the M-Bootloader commences when an internal reset signal goes from active to inactive
state. At that time, the Control Subsystem and the Analog Subsystem continue to be in reset state until
the Master Subsystem takes them out of reset. The M-Bootloader first initializes some device-level
functions, then it initializes the Master Subsystem. Next, the M-Bootloader takes the Control Subsystem
and the Analog Subsystem/ACIB out of reset. When the Control Subsystem comes out of reset, its own
C-Bootloader starts executing in parallel with the M-Bootloader. After initializing the Control Subsystem,
the C-Bootloader enters the C28x processor into the idle mode (to wait for the M-Bootloader to wake it up
later via the MTOCIPC1 interrupt). Next, the M-Bootloader reads three GPIO pins (see Table 2-17) to
determine the boot mode for the rest of the M-Bootloader operation.
38
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
Table 2-17. Master Subsystem Boot Mode Selection
PF3_GPIO35
(BOOT_2)
PG7_GPIO47
(BOOT_1)
PG3_GPIO43
(BOOT_0)
Boot Mode #
Master Subsystem Boot Modes
0
1
Boot from Parallel GPIO
0
0
0
0
0
1
Boot to Master Subsystem RAM
Boot from Master Subsystem serial
peripherals (UART0/SSI0/I2C0)
2
3
4
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
Boot from Master Subsystem CAN interface
Boot from Master Subsystem Ethernet
interface
5
6
7
Not supported (Defaults to Boot-to-Flash)
Not supported (Defaults to Boot-to-Flash)
Boot to Master Subsystem Flash memory
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
Boot Mode 7 causes the Master program to branch execution to the application in the Master Flash
memory. This requires that the Master Flash be already programmed with valid code; otherwise, a hard
fault exception is generated and the Cortex™-M3 goes back to the above reset sequence. (Therefore, for
a factory-fresh device, the M-Bootloader will be in a continuous reset loop until the emulator is connected
and a debug session started.) If the Master Subsystem Flash has already been programmed, the
application code will start execution. Typically, the Master Subsystem application code will then establish
data communication with the C28x [through the IPC (Interprocessor Communications peripheral)] to
coordinate the rest of the boot process with the Control Subsystem. Boot Mode 7 typically does not
require any external signals to drive the three boot mode pins, as by default, all three pins are internally
pulled up to logic 1 (111b).
Boot Mode 1 causes the Master boot program to branch to Cortex™-M3 RAM, where it starts executing
code that has been preloaded earlier. Typically, this mode is used during development of application code
meant for Flash, but which has to be first tested running out of RAM. In this case, the user would typically
load the application code into RAM using the debugger, and then issue a debugger reset, while setting the
three boot pins to 001b. From that point on, the rest of the boot process on the Master Subsystem side is
controlled by the application code.
Boot Modes 0, 2, 3, and 4 are used to load the Master application code from an external peripheral before
branching to it. This is different from Boot Modes 7 and 1, where the application code was either already
programmed in Flash or loaded into RAM by the emulator. If the boot mode selection pins are set to 000b,
the M-Bootloader (running out of M-Boot ROM) will start uploading the Master application code from
preselected Parallel GPIO_MUX1 pins. If the boot pins are set to 010b, the application code will be loaded
from the Master Subsystem UART0, SSI0, or I2C0 peripheral. If the boot pins are set to 011b, the
application code will be loaded from the Master Subsystem CAN interface. Furthermore, if the boot pins
are set to 100b, the application code will be loaded through the Master Subsystem Ethernet interface.
Regardless of the type of boot mode selected, once the Master application code is resident in Master
Flash or RAM, the next step for the M-Bootloader is to branch to it. At that point, the application code
takes over control from the M-Bootloader, and the boot process continues as prescribed by the application
code. At this stage, the Master application program typically establishes communication with the
C-Bootloader, which by now, would have already initialized the Control Subsystem and forced the C28x to
go into Idle mode. To wake the Control Subsystem out of Idle mode, the Master application issues the
Master-to-Control-IPC-interrupt 1 (MTOCIPCINT1) . Once the data communication has been established
through the IPC, the boot process can now also continue on the Control Subsystem side.
The rest of the Control Subsystem boot process is controlled by the Master Subsystem application issuing
IPC instructions to the Control Subsystem, with the C-Bootloader interpreting the IPC commands and
acting on them to continue the boot process. At this stage, a boot mode for the Control Subsystem can be
established. The Control Subsystem boot modes are similar to the Master Subsystem boot modes, except
for the mechanism by which they are selected. The Control Subsystem boot modes are chosen through
the IPC commands from the Master application code to the C-Bootloader, which interprets them and acts
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Overview
39
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
accordingly. The choices are, as above, to branch to already existing Control application code in Flash, to
branch to preloaded code in RAM (development mode), or to upload the Control application code from
one of several available peripherals (see Table 2-18). As before, once the Control application is in place
(in Flash or RAM), the C-Bootloader branches to it, and from that point on, the application code takes
over.
Table 2-18. Control Subsystem Boot Mode Selection
Control Subsystem
Boot Modes
MTOCIPCBOOTMODE
Register Value
Description
Upon receiving this command from the Master Subsystem, C-Boot
ROM will branch to the Control Subsystem RAM entry point location
and start executing code from there.
BOOT_FROM_RAM
0x0000 0001
0x0000 0002
Upon receiving this command, C-Boot ROM will branch to the
Control Subsystem FLASH entry point and start executing code from
there.
BOOT_FROM_FLASH
Upon receiving this command, C-Boot ROM will boot from the
Control Subsystem SCI peripheral.
BOOT_FROM_SCI
BOOT_FROM_SPI
0x0000 0003
0x0000 0004
0x0000 0005
0x0000 0006
Upon receiving this command, C-Boot ROM will boot from the
Control Subsystem SPI interface.
Upon receiving this command, C-Boot ROM will boot from the
Control Subsystem I2C interface.
BOOT_FROM_I2C
Upon receiving this command, C-Boot ROM will boot from the
Control Subsystem GPIO.
BOOT_FROM_PARALLEL
The boot process can be considered completed once the Cortex™-M3 and C28x are both running out of
their respective application programs. Note that following the boot sequence, the C-Bootloader is still
available to interpret and act upon an assortment of IPC commands that can be issued from the Master
Subsystem to perform a variety of configuration, housekeeping, and other functions. See the Concerto
F28M35x Technical Reference Manual (literature number SPRUH22) for additional information on
Concerto boot modes, IPC commands, and the underlying boot philosophy.
40
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
2.9 Master Subsystem Clocking
The internal PLLSYSCLK clock, normally used as a source for all Master Subsystem clocks, is a
divided-down output of the Main PLL or X1 external clock input, as defined by the SPLLCKEN bit of the
SYSPLLCTL register.
There is also a second oscillator that internally generates two clocks: 32KHZCLK and 10MHZCLK. The
10MHZCLK is used by the Missing Clock Circuit to detect a possible absence of an external clock source
to the Main Oscillator that drives the Main PLL. Detection of a missing clock results in a substitution of the
10MHZCLK for the PLLSYSCLK. CLKFAIL signal is also sent to the NMI Block and the Control
Subsystem where it can trip the ePWM peripherals.
The 32KHZCLK and 10MMHZCLK clocks are also used by the Cortex™-M3 Subsystem as possible
sources for the Deep Sleep Clock.
There are four registers associated with the Main PLL: SYSPLLCTL, SYSPLLMULT, SYSPLLSTAT and
SYSDIVSEL. Typically, the Cortex™-M3 processor writes to these registers, while the C28x processor has
read access. The C28x can request write access to the above registers through the CLKREQEST register.
Cortex™-M3 can regain write ownership of these registers through the MCLKREQUEST register.
The Master Subsystem operates in one of three modes: Run Mode, Sleep Mode, or Deep Sleep Mode.
Table 2-19 shows the Master Subsystem low-power modes and their effect on both CPUs, clocks, and
peripherals. Figure 2-6 shows the Cortex™-M3 clocks and the Master Subsystem low-power modes.
Table 2-19. Master Subsystem Low-Power Modes
Register
Used to
Gate Clocks Main
Cortex™-M3
Low-Power Cortex™-M3
State of
Clock to
Cortex™-M3
Peripherals
Clock to
Analog
Subsystem
USB
PLL
Clock to Shared
Resources
Clock to C28x
to
PLL
Mode
CPU
Cortex™-M3
Peripherals
Run
Active
M3SSCLK(1)
M3SSCLK(1)
RCGC
On
On
On
On
PLLSYSCLK(2)
PLLSYSCLK(2)
PLLSYSCLK(2)
PLLSYSCLK(2)
ASYSCLK(3)
ASYSCLK(3)
RCGC or
SCGC(4)
Sleep
Stopped
RCGC or
DCGC(4)
Deep Sleep
Stopped
M3DSDIVCLK(5)
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
(1) PLLSYSCLK or OSCCLK divided-down per the M3SSDIVSEL register. In case of a missing source clock, M3SSCLK becomes
10MHZCLK divided-down per the M3SSDIVSEL register.
(2) PLLSYSCLK normally refers to the output of the Main PLL divided-down per the SYSDIVSEL register. In case the PLL is bypassed, the
PLLSYSCLK becomes the OSCCLK divided-down per the SYSDIVSEL register. In case of a missing source clock, the 10MHZCLK is
substituted for the PLLSYSCLK.
(3) PLLSYSCLK or OSCCLK divided-down per the CCLKCTL register. In case of a missing source clock, ASYSCLK becomes 10MHZCLK.
(4) Depends on the ACG bit of the RCC register.
(5) 32KHZCLK or 10MHZCLK or OSCCLK chosen/divided-down per the DSLPCLKCFG register, then again divided by the M3SSDIVSEL
register (source determined inside the DSLPCLKCFG register).
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Overview
41
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
M3 CPU
ASSERT ANY INTERRUPT
NVIC
INTR
TO EXIT SLEEP OR DEEP SLEEP
execution of WFI or WFE instr
activates low power modes
SELECTS TYPE
OF WAKEUP
REGISTER
ACCESS
SLEEPONEXIT
REGISTER
ACCESS
FCLK
HCLK
M3CLKENBx
M3SSCLK
M3SSCLK
M3SSCLK
PERIPH
LOGIC
SYSCTRL REG
M3SSCLK
OSCCLK
WDOG 1
SELECTS BETWEEN SLEEP
AND DEEP SLEEP MODES
SLEEPDEEP
WDOG 0
RCC REG
ENABLE
CLOCK MODE
ENTER A LOW POWER MODE
PERIPH
LOGIC
M3SSCLK
OSCCLK
XCLKIN
uCRC
NMI WDOG
GP TIMER (4)
SSI (4)
CAN
1,2
ACG (Auto Clock Gate)
CLOCKS
M3RUN
PERIPHERAL
CLOCK
ENABLES
M3CLKENBx
M3SLEEP
USB + PHY
(OTG)
M3DEEPSLEEP
USBPLLCLK
RCGC REG
( CLOCK GATING– RUN )
( CLOCK GATING– SLEEP )
SCGC REG
DCGC REG
DC REG
M3DEEPSLEEP
PLL
DIS
USB
PLL
( CLOCK GATING– DEEP SLEEP )
UART (5)
I2C (2)
DSLPCLKCFG REG
DSOSCSRC
M3SSDIVSEL REG
OSCCLK
XCLKIN
( GLOBAL PERIPHERAL ENABLES )
DSDIVOVRIDE
M3SSDIVSEL
32KHZCLK
10MHZCLK
OSCCLK
/1
/2
/1
/2
/4
M3DSDIVCLK
1
0
M3SSCLK
OSCCLK
…
/16
EMAC
XCLKIN
GPIO_MUX1
EPI
MCLKREQUEST REG
SYSDIVSEL REG
SYSPLLSTAT REG
SYSPLLMULT REG
SYSPLLCTL REG
uDMA
32KHZCLK
10MHZCLK
OSCCLK
IPC
SYSDIVSEL
X2
MAIN OSC
OFF
/1
/2
/4
/8
OSCCLK
/2
SHARED
RAMS
X1
1
0
PLLSYSCLK
0
1
INTERNAL
OSC
MISSING
CLK DETECT
PLL
DIS
MAIN
PLL
MSG
RAMS
10MHZCLK
CLOCKFAIL
CLPMSTAT REG
CLOCKFAIL
M3 NMI
SHARED
10MHZCLK
CLOCKFAIL
OSCCLK
RESOURCES
CONTROL SUBSYSTEM
Figure 2-6. Cortex™-M3 Clocks and Low-Power Modes
42
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
2.9.1 Cortex™-M3 Run Mode
In Run Mode, the Cortex™-M3 processor, memory, and most of the peripherals are clocked by the
M3SSCLK, which is a divide-down version of the PLLSYSCLK (from Main PLL). The USB is clocked from
a dedicated USB PLL, the CAN peripherals are clocked by M3SSCLK, OSCCLK, or XCLKIN, and one of
two watchdogs (WDOG1) is also clocked by the OSCCLK. Clock selection for these peripherals is
accomplished via corresponding peripheral configuration registers. Clock gating for individual peripherals
is defined inside the RCGS register. RCGS, SCGS, and DCGS clock-gating settings only apply to
peripherals that are enabled in a corresponding DC (Device Configuration) register.
Execution of the WFI instruction (Wait-for-Interrupt) shuts down the HCLK to the Cortex™-M3 CPU and
forces the Cortex™-M3 Subsystem into Sleep or Deep Sleep low-power mode, depending on the state of
the SLEEPDEEP bit of the Cortex™-M3 SYSCTRL register. To come out of a low-power mode, any
properly configured interrupt event terminates the Sleep or Deep Sleep Mode and returns the Cortex™-M3
processor/subsystem to Run Mode.
2.9.2 Cortex™-M3 Sleep Mode
In Sleep Mode, the Cortex™-M3 processor and memory are prevented from clocking, and thus the code is
no longer executing. The gating for the peripheral clocks may change based on the ACG bit of the RCC
register. When ACG = 0, the peripheral clock gating is used as defined by the RCGS registers (same as in
Run Mode); and when ASC = 1, the clock gating comes from the SCGS register. RCGS and SCGS
clock-gating settings only apply to peripherals that are enabled in a corresponding DC register. Peripheral
clock frequency for the enabled peripherals in Sleep Mode is the same as during the Run Mode.
Sleep Mode is terminated by any properly configured interrupt event. Exiting from the Sleep Mode
depends on the Sleeponexit bit of the SYSCTRL register. When the Sleeponexit bit is 1, the processor will
temporarily wake up only for the duration of the ISR of the interrupt causing the wake-up. After that, the
processor goes back to Sleep Mode. When the Sleeponexit bit is 0, the processor wakes up permanently
(for the ISR and thereafter).
2.9.3 Cortex™-M3 Deep Sleep Mode
In Deep Sleep Mode, the Cortex™-M3 processor and memory are prevented from clocking and thus the
code is no longer executing. The Main PLL, USB PLL, ASYSCLK to the Analog Subsystem, and input
clock to the C28x CPU and Shared Resources are turned off. The gating for the peripheral clocks may
change based on the ACG bit of the RCC register. When ACG = 0, the peripheral clock gating is used as
defined by the RCGS registers (same as in Run Mode); and when ASC = 1, the clock gating comes from
the DCGS register. RCGS and DCGS clock gating settings only apply to peripherals that are enabled in a
corresponding DC register.
Peripheral clock frequency for the enabled peripherals in Deep Sleep Mode is different from the Run
Mode. One of three sources for the Deep Sleep clocks (32KHZCLK, 10MHZCLK, or OSCLK) is selected
with the DSOSCSRC bits of the DSLPCLKCFG register. This clock is divided-down according to
DSDIVOVRIDE bits of the DSLPCLKCFG register. The output of this Deep Sleep Divider is further
divided-down per the M3SSDIVSEL bits of the D3SSDIVSEL register to become the Deep Sleep Clock. If
32KHXCLK or 10MHZCLK is selected in Deep Sleep mode, the internal oscillator circuit (that generates
OSCCLK) is turned off.
The Cortex™-M3 processor should enter the Deep Sleep mode only after first confirming that the C28x is
already in the Standby mode. Typically, just before entering the Standby mode, the C28x will record in the
CLPMSTAT that it is about to do so. The Cortex™-M3 processor can read the CLPMSTAT register to
check if the C28x is in Standby mode, and only then should it go into Deep Sleep. The reason for this is
that the Deep Sleep mode shuts down the clock to C28x and its peripherals, and if this is not expected by
the C28x, it could result in unintended consequences for some of its control peripherals.
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Overview
43
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Deep Sleep Mode is terminated by any properly configured interrupt event. Exiting from the Deep Sleep
Mode depends on the Sleeponexit bit of the SYSCTRL register. When the Sleeponexit bit is 1, the
processor will temporarily wake up only for the duration of the ISR of the interrupt causing the wake-up.
After that, the processor goes back to Deep Sleep Mode. When the Sleeponexit bit is 0, the processor
wakes up permanently (for the ISR and thereafter).
2.10 Control Subsystem Clocking
The CLKIN input clock to the C28x processor is normally a divided-down output of the Main PLL or X1
external clock input. There are four registers associated with the Main PLL: SYSPLLCTL, SYSPLLMULT,
SYSPLLSTAT and SYSDIVSEL. Typically, the Cortex™-M3 processor writes to these registers, while the
C28x processor has read access. The C28x can request write access to the above registers through the
CLKREQEST register. The Cortex™-M3 can regain write ownership of these registers through the
MCLKREQUEST register.
Individual C28x peripherals can be turned on or off by gating C28SYSCLK to those peripherals. This is
done via the CPCLKCR0,2,3 registers.
The C28x processor outputs two clocks: C28CPUCLK and C28SYSCLK.
The Control Subsystem operates in one of three modes: Normal Mode, Idle Mode, or Standby Mode.
Table 2-20 shows the Control Subsystem low-power modes and their effect on the C28x CPU, clocks, and
peripherals. Figure 2-7 shows the Control Subsystem clocks and low-power modes.
Table 2-20. Control Subsystem Low-Power Modes(1)
Registers Used to Gate
C28x Low-Power Mode
State of C28x CPU
C28CPUCLK(2)
C28SYSCLK(3)
Clocks to C28x
Peripherals
Normal
Idle
Active
On
Off
Off
On
On
Off
CPCLKCR0,1,3
CPCLKCR0,1,3
N/A
Stopped
Stopped
Standby
(1) The input clock to the C28x CPU is PLLSYSCLK from the Master Subsystem. This clock is turned off when the Master Subsystem
enters the Deep Sleep mode.
(2) C28CPUCLK is an output from the C28x CPU and it clocks the C28x FPU, VCU, and PIE.
(3) C28SYSCLK is an output from the C28x CPU and it clocks C28x peripherals.
44
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
GPIO_MUX1
C28x NMI
MASTER SUBSYSTEM
ACIBRST
ASYSRST
SRXRST
CCLKCTL REG
CLKDIV
CLOCKFAIL
SYSDIVSEL REG
SYSPLLSTAT REG
SYSPLLMULT REG
SYSPLLCTL REG
CLPMSTAT REG
10MHZCLK
OSCCLK
OFF
/1
/2
/4
/8
HISPCP REG
HSPCLK
ASYSCLK
CCLKREQUEST REG
/1
/2
/4
PULSE
C28HSPCLK
PLLSYSCLK
C28SYSCLK
XPLLCLKCFG REG
XPLLCLKOUTDIV
STRETCH
…
/14
C28SYSCLK
/1
/2
/4
XCLKOUT
GPIO_MUX1
LOSPCP REG
LSPCLK
CLKOFF REG
EPWM (9)
C28CLKINDIS
‘0’
/1
/2
TINT2
TINT 1
TIMER 2
TIMER 1
C28LSPCLK
STANDBY
MODE
/4
C28CLKIN
McBSP
SCI
…
/14
C28x CPU
TIMER 0
EXIT
STANDBY
MODE
EXIT
IDLE
MODE
execution of IDLE instruction
activates the IDLES signal
SPI
C28 XINT(3)
PIEINTRS (1)
I2C
PIEINTRS (12:1)
C28NMIINT
ENTER
STANDBY
MODE
IDLES
ENTER
IDLE
MODE
C28x
PIE
MTOCIPC(1)
C28 DMA
C28 FPU/VCU
C28x
PIE
LPM(1)
LPM(0)
EQEP (3)
ECAP (6)
CLPMCR0 REG
C28CPUCLK
C28SYSCLK
C28SYSCLK
CLKCTL REG
LPMWAKE
CPCLKCR3 REG
CPCLKCR1 REG
CPCLKCR0 REG
QUAL
CTMR2CLK
PRESCALE
STDBY
(7:2)
TMR2CLKSRCSEL
OSC
CLK
QUAL
GPI (63:0)
GPIO_MUX1
/1
C28SYSCLK
OSCCLK
/2
/4
/8
C28CLKENBx
C28x NMI
IPC
/16
10MHZCLK
Figure 2-7. C28x Clocks and Low-Power Modes
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Overview
45
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
2.10.1 C28x Normal Mode
In Normal Mode, the C28x processor, Local Memory, and C28x peripherals are clocked by the
C28SYSCLK, which is derived from the C28CLKIN input clock to the C28x processor. The FPU, VCU, and
PIE are clocked by the C28CPUCLK, which is also derived from the C28CLKIN. Timer 2 can also be
clocked by the TMR2CLK, which is a divided-down version of one of three source clocks—C28SYSCLK,
OSCCLK, and 10MHZCLK—as selected by the CLKCTL register. Additionally, the LOSPCP register can
be programmed to provide a dedicated clock (C28LSPCLK) to the SCI, SPI, and McBSP peripherals; and
the HISPCP register can be programmed to provide a dedicated clock (C28HSPCLK) to stretch three
outputs from ePWM peripherals.
Clock gating for individual peripherals is defined inside the CPCLKCR0,1,3 registers. Execution of the
IDLE instruction stops the C28x processor from clocking and activates the IDLES signal. The IDLES
signal is gated with two LPM bits of the CPCLKCR0 register to enter the C28x Subsystem into Idle mode
or Standby Mode.
2.10.2 C28x Idle Mode
In Idle Mode, the C28x processor stops executing instructions and the C28CPUCLK is turned off. The
C28SYSCLK continues to run. Exit from Idle Mode is accomplished by any enabled interrupt or the
C28NMIINT (C28x non-maskable interrupt).
Upon exit from Idle Mode, the C28CPUCLK is restored. If LPMWAKE interrupt is enabled, the LPMWAKE
ISR is executed. Next, the C28x processor starts fetching instructions from a location immediately
following the IDLE instruction that originally triggered the Idle Mode.
2.10.3 C28x Standby Mode
In Standby Mode, the C28x processor stops executing instructions and the C28CLKIN, C28CPUCLK, and
C28SYSCLK are turned off. Exit from Standby Mode is accomplished by one of 66 GPIOs from the
GPIO_MUX1 block, or MTOCIPCINT1 (interrupt from MTOC IPC peripheral). The wakeup GPIO selected
inside the GPIO_MUX block enters the Qualification Block as the LPMWAKE signal. Inside the
Qualification Block, the LPMWAKE signal is sampled per the QUALSTDBY bits (bits [7:2] of the
CPCLKCR0 register) before propagating into the wake request logic.
Cortex™-M3 should use CLPMSTAT register bits to tell the C28x to go into Standby mode before going
into Deep Sleep mode. Otherwise, the clock to the C28x will be turned off suddenly when the control
software is not expecting it to shut off. When the device is in Deep Sleep/Standby mode, wake-up should
happen only from the Master Subsystem, since all C28x clocks are off (C28CLKIN, C28CPUCLK,
C28SYSCLK), thus preventing the C28x from waking up first.
Upon exit from STANDBY Mode, the C28CLKIN, C28SYSCLK, and C28CPUCLK are restored. If the
LPMWAKE interrupt is enabled, the LPMWAKE ISR is executed. Next, the C28x processor starts fetching
instructions from a location immediately following the IDLE instruction that originally triggered the Standby
Mode.
2.11 Analog Subsystem Clocking
The Analog Subsystem is clocked by ASYSCLK, which is a divided-down version of the PLLSYSCLK as
defined by CLKDIV bits of the CCLKCTL register. The CCLKCTL register is exclusively accessible by the
C28x processor, it is reset by ASYSRST, which is derived from two Analog Subsystem resets—ACIBRST
and SRXRST. Therefore, while normally the C28x controls the frequency of ASYSCLK, it is possible for
the Cortex™-M3 software to restore the ASYSCLK to its default value by resetting the Analog Subsystem.
The ASYSCLK is shut down when the Cortex™-M3 processor enters the Deep Sleep mode.
46
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
2.12 Shared Resources Clocking
All Shared Resources (IPC, Shared RAMs, and Message RAMs) are clocked by PLLSYSCLK. The
PLLSYSCLK normally refers to the output of the Main PLL divided-down per the SYSDIVSEL register. In
case the PLL is bypassed, the PLLSYSCLK becomes the OSCCLK divided-down per the SYSDIVSEL
register. In case of a missing source clock, the 10MHZCLK is substituted for the PLLSYSCLK.
2.13 GPIOs and Other Pins
Most Concerto external pins are shared among many internal peripherals. This is accomplished through
several I/O muxes where a specific physical pin can be assigned to selected signals of internal
peripherals.
Most of the I/O pins of the Concerto™ MCU can also be configured as programmable GPIOs. Exceptions
include the X1 and X2 oscillator inputs; the XRS digital reset and ARS analog reset; the VREG12EN and
VREG18EN internal voltage regulator enables; and five JTAG pins. The 74 primary GPIOs are grouped in
2 programmable blocks: GPIO_MUX1 block (66 pins) and GPIO_MUX2 block (8 pins). Additionally, eight
secondary GPIOs are available through the AIO_MUX1 block (four pins) and AIO_MUX2 block (four pins).
Figure 2-8 shows the GPIOs and other pins.
2.13.1 GPIO_MUX1
The 66 pins of the GPIO_MUX1 block can be selectively mapped through corresponding sets of registers
to all Cortex™-M3 peripherals, all C28x peripherals, 12 ePWM Trip Inputs, 6 eCAP inputs, 3 External
Interrupts to the C28x PIE, the C28x Standby Mode Wakeup signal (LMPWAKE), 64 General-Purpose
Inputs or 64 General-Purpose Outputs, or a mixture of all of the above. Additionally, each GPIO_MUX1
pin can have a pullup enabled or disabled. By default, all pullups and outputs are disabled on reset, and
all pins of the GPIO_MUX1 block are mapped to Cortex™-M3 peripherals (and not to C28x peripherals).
Figure 2-9 shows the internal structure of GPIO_MUX1. The blue blocks represent the Master Subsystem
side of GPIO_MUX1, and the green blocks are the Control Subsystem side. The grey block in the center,
Pin-Level Mux, is where the 66 GPIO_MUX1 pins are individually assigned between the two subsystems,
based on how the configuration registers are programmed in the blue and green blocks (see Figure 2-10
for the configuration registers).
Pin-Level Mux assigns Master Subsystem peripheral signals, Control Subsystem peripheral signals, or
GPIOs to the 66 Concerto pins. In addition to connecting peripheral I/Os of the two subsystems to pins,
the Pin-Level Mux also provides other signals to the subsystems: XCLKIN and GPIO[H:A] IRQ signals to
the Master Subsystem, plus GPTRIP[12:1] and GPI[63:0] signals to the Control Subsystem. XCLKIN
carries a clock from an external pin to USB PLL and CAN modules. The eight GPIO[H:A] IRQ signals are
interrupt requests from selected external pins to the NVIC interrupt controller. The 12 GPTRIP[12:1]
signals carry trip events from selected external pins to C28x control peripherals—ePWM, eCAP, and
eQEP. The 64 GPI[63:0] signals go to the C28x QUAL block, where any one of them can be selected and
qualified to wake up the C28x CPU from Standby Low-Power Mode.
The configuration registers for the muxing of Master Subsystem peripherals are organized in nine sets
(A–J), with each set being responsible for up to eight pins. These registers are programmable by the
Cortex™-M3 CPU via the AHB bus or the APB bus. The configuration register for the muxing of Control
Subsystem peripherals are organized in three sets (A–C), with each set being responsible for up to
32 pins. These registers are programmable by the C28x CPU via the C28x CPU bus. Figure 2-10 shows
set A of the Master Subsystem GPIO configuration registers, set A of the Control Subsystem registers,
and the muxing logic for one GPIO pin as driven by these registers.
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Overview
47
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
10
AIO_MUX1
GPIO
MUX
4
ADC1INA0
ADC1INA2
ADC1INA3
ADC1INA4
ADC1INA6
ADC1INA7
ADC1INB0
ADC1INB3
ADC1INB4
ADC1INB7
USB
PLL
EPI
USB
EMAC
M3
UART
(5)
CAN
SSI
(4)
I2C
(2)
NVIC
NMI
(2)
COMPA1
COMPA2
COMPA3
ADC
1
COMPB2
VDDA
(3.3V)
GPIO
GPIO_MUX1
MUX
6
66
66
COMPARATOR
+ DAC UNITS
8
GPI (63:0)
COMPOUT (6:1)
VSSA
(0V)
8
QUAL
LPMWAKE
C28X
CPU
EPWM
(9)
XINT
(3)
ECAP
(6)
EQEP
(3)
SPI
I2C
SCI
COMPA4
COMPA5
COMPA6
ADC
2
COMPB5
McBSP
ADC2INA0
ADC2INA2
ADC2INA3
ADC2INA4
ADC2INA6
ADC2INA7
ADC2INB0
ADC2INB3
ADC2INB4
ADC2INB7
VREGS
DEBUG
RESETS
CLOCKS
NMI
GPIO
MUX
4
AIO_MUX2
10
Figure 2-8. GPIOs and Other Pins
48
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
M3 AHB BUS
M3 APB BUS
BUS BRIDGE
XCLKIN
XCLKIN
CAN
USB
PLL
UART
(5)
SSI
(4)
I2C
(2)
USB
EPI
EMAC
(2)
M3
M3
uDMA
CPU
M3
NMI
M3
EXT
NMI
INTERRUPTS
M3 PERIPHERAL SIGNAL ROUTING
NVIC
M3 MUX A
8
M3 MUX B
M3 MUX D
8
M3 MUX E
8
M3 MUX F
7
M3 MUX G
7
M3 MUX H
8
M3 MUX J
8
M3 MUX C
XCLKIN
GPIO
(H:A)
IRQ
8
4
PIN - LEVEL MUX
66
GPIO
PINS
GPTRIP
(12:1)
GPI
32
30
4
(63:0)
C28 MUX A
C28 MUX B
C28 MUX C
C28 PERIPHERAL SIGNAL ROUTING
QUAL
LPM
WAKE
C28x
DMA
C28x
CPU
EQEP
(3)
ECAP
(6)
EPWM
(9)
XINT
(3)
McBSP
SCI
SPI
I2C
GPTRIP (12:7)
GPTRIP (12:1)
GPTRIP (6:4)
C28 CPU BUS
C28 DMA BUS
Figure 2-9. GPIO_MUX1 Block
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Overview
49
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
PERIPHERALS 1-15 REPRESENT A SET OF UP TO
15 M3 PERIPHERALS SPECIFIC TO ONE I/O PIN
TO/FROM M3 PERIPH 1-11
TO/FROM M3 PERIPH 12-15
M3 CLOCKS
A-H INTR REQUESTS TO M3
BLUE REGISTER SET A
BREPRESENTS 8 OF 66
DEVICE I/Os. REMAINING
58 I/Os ARE CONTROLLED
BY SIMILAR REGISTER
SETS B, C, D, E, F, I, J, H
GPIO63 XCLKIN
ONLY
GPIO (A)
IRQ
GPIOPCTL REG
PRIMARY
ALT
M3 REG SET A
M3 REG SET A
GPIOAMSEL REG
GPIOIS REG
GPIOIBE REG
GPIOIEV REG
GPIOIM REG
GPIORIS REG
GPIOMIS REG
GPIOICR REG
M3 REG SET A
GREY LOGIC IS SPECIFIC
TO ONE DEVICE I/O PIN
PRIMARY
AT RESET
GPIOAPSEL REG
(USB ANALOG SIGNALS)
DISABLED
AT RESET
M3 REG SET A
ENB
GPIODATA REG
GPIODIR REG
XRS
GPIOPUR REG
M3 REG SET A
GPIOODR REG
GPIOCSEL REG
GPIODEN REG
GPIOAFSEL REG
GPIOLOCK REG
GPIOCR REG
M3 REG SET A
NORMAL
AT RESET
SELECT M3
AT RESET
I/O DISABLED
AT RESET
GPIO MODE
AT RESET
‘1’
PULL UP
INPUT
OUTPUT
OE
‘0’
(4 PINS ONLY)
ANALOG USB
SIGNALS
(M3 GPIO)
ONE OF 66
GPIO_MUX1
PINS
OUTPUT
DISABLED
OPEN
DRAIN
LOGIC
GPIOAMSEL REG
OE
AFTER RESET
OE
‘1’
ASYNC INPUT
ORANGE LOGIC SHOWS
USB ANALOG FUNCTIONS
(APPLIES TO 4 PINS
ONLY)
OE
XRS
SYNC INPUT
SYNC
C28 REG SET A
GPACTRL REG
QUAL
GREEN REGISTER SET A
SHOWN REPRESENTS 32
OF 66 DEVICE I/Os. THE
REMAINING 34 I/Os ARE
CONTROLLED BY SIMILAR
REGISTER SETS B AND C
(C28 GPIO)
C28SYSCLK
C28 REG SET A
6 SAMPLES
3 SAMPLES
GPASET REG
GPACLEAR REG
GPATOGGLE REG
GPADIR REG
OUTPUTS
GPASEL1 REG
GPASEL2 REG
SYNC INPUT
AT RESET
GPIO
SEL(1:0)
AT RESET
C28 REG SET A
GPADAT REG
EACH I/O PIN HAS A
DEDICATED PAIR OF
BITS FOR MUX SELECT
GPAMUX1 REG
GPAMUX2 REG
EACH I/O PIN HAS A
DEDICATED PAIR OF
BITS FOR MUX SELECT
SEL(1:0)
SEL(1:0)
INPUTS
N/C AT RESET
TO XINT,
ECAP, EPWM
C28x CPU WAKE-UP FROM
A LOW POWER MODE
C28 REG SET A
N/C
PERIPHERALS 1 3 REPRESENT A SET OF UP TO
THREE C28 PERIPHERALS SPECIFIC TO ONE I/O PIN
FROM C28 PERIPH 1-3
GPI (63:0)
TO C28 PERIPH 1-3
GPTRIP (12:1)
Figure 2-10. GPIO_MUX1 Pin Mapping Through Register Set A
50
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
For each of the 8 pins in set A of the Cortex™-M3 GPIO registers, register GPIOPCTL selects between
1 of 11 possible primary Cortex™-M3 peripheral signals, or 1 of 4 possible alternate peripheral signals.
Register GPIOAPSEL then picks one output to propagate further along the muxing chain towards a given
pin. The input takes the reverse path. See Table 2-21 and Table 2-22 for the mapping of Cortex™-M3
peripheral pins to the 66 pins of GPIO_MUX1.
Similarly, on the C28x side, GPAMUX1 and GPAMUX2 registers select 1 of 4 possible C28x peripheral
signals for each of 32 pins of set A. The selected C28x peripheral output then propagates further along
the muxing chain towards a given pin. The input takes the reverse path. See Table 2-23 for the mapping
of C28x peripheral pins to the 66 pins of GPIO_MUX1.
In addition to passing mostly digital signals, a few GPIO_MUX1 pins can also be assigned to analog
signals. The GPIO Analog Mode Select (GPIOAMSEL) Register is used to assign four pins to analog USB
signals. PF6_GPIO38 becomes USB0VBUS, PG2_GPIO42 becomes USB0DM, PG5_GPIO45 becomes
USB0DP, and PG6_GPIO46 becomes USB0ID. When analog mode is selected, the corresponding pins
are not available for digital GPIO_MUX1 options as described above.
Another special case is the External Oscillator Input signal (XCLKIN). This signal, available through pin
PJ7_GPIO63, is directly tied to USBPLLCLK (clock input to USB PLL) and two CAN modules. It is always
available at these modules where it can be selected through local registers.
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Overview
51
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 2-21. GPIO_MUX1 Pin Assignments (M3 Primary Modes)(1)
Analog
Mode
(USB Pins)
M3
Primary
Mode 1
M3
Primary
Mode 2
M3
Primary
Mode 3
M3
Primary
Mode 4
M3
Primary
Mode 5
M3
Primary
Mode 6
M3
Primary
Mode 7
M3
Primary
Mode 8
M3
Primary
Mode 9
M3
Primary
Mode 10
M3
Primary
Mode 11
Device
Pin Name
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
PA0_GPIO0
PA1_GPIO1
PA2_GPIO2
PA3_GPIO3
PA4_GPIO4
PA5_GPIO5
PA6_GPIO6
PA7_GPIO7
PB0_GPIO8
PB1_GPIO9
PB2_GPIO10
PB3_GPIO11
PB4_GPIO12
PB5_GPIO13
PB6_GPIO14
PB7_GPIO15
PD0_GPIO16
PD1_GPIO17
PD2_GPIO18
PD3_GPIO19
PD4_GPIO20
PD5_GPIO21
PD6_GPIO22
PD7_GPIO23
PE0_GPIO24
PE1_GPIO25
PE2_GPIO26
PE3_GPIO27
PE4_GPIO28
PE5_GPIO29
PE6_GPIO30
PE7_GPIO31
U0RX
U0TX
SSI0CLK
SSI0FSS
SSI0RX
SSI0TX
I2C1SCL
I2C1SDA
CCP0
CCP2
I2C0SCL
I2C0SDA
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
I2C1SCL
U1RX
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
I2C1SDA
U1TX
–
–
MMI_TXD2
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
MMI_TXD1
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
MMI_TXD0
–
CAN0RX
–
–
–
–
–
–
MMI_RXDV
–
CAN0TX
–
–
–
–
–
CCP1
MMI_RXCK
–
–
CAN0RX
–
USB0EPEN
U1CTS
–
CCP4
MMI_RXER
–
–
CAN0TX
CCP3
USB0PFLT
U1DCD
–
–
–
–
U1RX
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CCP1
U1TX
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CCP3
CCP0
–
–
USB0EPEN
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
USB0PFLT
–
–
–
U2RX
CAN0RX
–
U1RX
EPI0S23
–
–
–
CCP5
CCP7
–
CCP6
CCP0
CAN0TX
CCP2
U1TX
EPI0S22
–
–
CCP1
–
–
–
–
CCP5
–
–
–
–
–
NMI
–
–
MII_RXD1
–
–
–
PWM0
PWM1
U1RX
U1TX
CCP0
CCP2
Fault0
IDX0
CAN0RX
CAN0TX
CCP6
CCP7
CCP3
CCP4
–
–
U2RX
U1RX
CCP6
MII_RXDV
–
U1CTS
–
–
U2TX
U1TX
CCP7
MII_TXER
–
U1DCD
CCP2
–
CCP5
–
–
–
EPI0S20
–
–
–
CCP0
–
–
–
EPI0S21
–
–
–
MII_TXD3
–
–
–
–
U1RI
EPI0S19
–
MII_TXD2
–
–
–
–
U2RX
EPI0S28
–
MII_TXD1
–
–
–
–
U2TX
EPI0S29
–
CCP1
MII_TXD0
–
–
–
–
–
U1DTR
EPI0S30
PWM4
PWM5
CCP4
CCP1
CCP3
CCP5
–
SSI1CLK
SSI1FSS
SSI1RX
SSI1TX
–
CCP3
–
–
–
EPI0S8
USB0PFLT
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CCP2
CCP6
CCP2
CCP7
U2TX
–
–
–
EPI0S9
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
EPI0S24
–
–
–
EPI0S25
–
–
CCP2
MII_RXD0
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
U1CTS
U1DCD
–
–
–
(1) Blank fields represent Reserved functions.
52
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
Table 2-21. GPIO_MUX1 Pin Assignments (M3 Primary Modes)(1) (continued)
Analog
Mode
(USB Pins)
M3
Primary
Mode 1
M3
Primary
Mode 2
M3
Primary
Mode 3
M3
Primary
Mode 4
M3
Primary
Mode 5
M3
Primary
Mode 6
M3
Primary
Mode 7
M3
Primary
Mode 8
M3
Primary
Mode 9
M3
Primary
Mode 10
M3
Primary
Mode 11
Device
Pin Name
–
PF0_GPIO32
PF1_GPIO33
PF2_GPIO34
PF3_GPIO35
PF4_GPIO36
PF5_GPIO37
PF6_GPIO38
CAN1RX
CAN1TX
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
MII_RXCK
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
U1DSR
U1RTS
SSI1CLK
SSI1FSS
SSI1RX
SSI1TX
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
MII_RXER
–
CCP3
–
MII_PHYINTR
MII_MDC
MII_MDIO
MII_RXD3
MII_RXD2
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CCP0
CCP2
CCP1
EPI0S12
EPI0S15
–
–
–
–
USB0VBUS
U1RTS
PF7_GPIO39
(no pin)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
PG0_GPIO40
PG1_GPIO41
PG2_GPIO42
PG3_GPIO43
U2RX
U2TX
–
–
–
–
–
I2C1SCL
I2C1SDA
MII_COL
MII_CRS
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
USB0EPEN
EPI0S13
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
USB0DM
–
–
–
–
EPI0S14
–
–
–
PG4_GPIO44
(no pin)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
USB0DP
PG5_GPIO45
PG6_GPIO46
PG7_GPIO47
PH0_GPIO48
PH1_GPIO49
PH2_GPIO50
PH3_GPIO51
PH4_GPIO52
PH5_GPIO53
PH6_GPIO54
PH7_GPIO55
PJ0_GPIO56
PJ1_GPIO57
PJ2_GPIO58
PJ3_GPIO59
PJ4_GPIO60
PJ5_GPIO61
PJ6_GPIO62
CCP5
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
MII_TXEN
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
U1DTR
–
USB0ID
–
MII_TXCK
–
–
U1RI
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
MII_TXER
–
CCP5
EPI0S31
–
–
–
CCP6
MII_PHYRST
–
EPI0S6
EPI0S7
EPI0S1
EPI0S0
EPI0S10
EPI0S11
EPI0S26
EPI0S27
EPI0S16
EPI0S17
EPI0S18
EPI0S19
EPI0S28
EPI0S29
EPI0S30
–
–
CCP7
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
MII_TXD3
MII_TXD2
MII_TXD1
MII_TXD0
MII_RXDV
–
–
–
–
USB0EPEN
–
–
–
USB0PFLT
–
SSI1CLK
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
SSI1FSS
–
–
–
SSI1RX
MII_RXCK
SSI1TX
MII_RXER
–
–
I2C1SCL
–
–
–
–
–
–
USB0PFLT
CCP0
–
I2C1SDA
–
–
–
–
–
–
U1CTS
U1DCD
U1DSR
U1RTS
CCP6
CCP4
CCP2
CCP1
PJ7_GPIO63/
XCLKIN
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
U1DTR
CCP0
–
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Overview
53
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 2-21. GPIO_MUX1 Pin Assignments (M3 Primary Modes)(1) (continued)
Analog
Mode
(USB Pins)
M3
Primary
Mode 1
M3
Primary
Mode 2
M3
Primary
Mode 3
M3
Primary
Mode 4
M3
Primary
Mode 5
M3
Primary
Mode 6
M3
Primary
Mode 7
M3
Primary
Mode 8
M3
Primary
Mode 9
M3
Primary
Mode 10
M3
Primary
Mode 11
Device
Pin Name
PC0_GPIO64
(no pin)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
PC1_GPIO65
(no pin)
PC2_GPIO66
(no pin)
PC3_GPIO67
(no pin)
–
–
–
–
PC4_GPIO68
PC5_GPIO69
PC6_GPIO70
PC7_GPIO71
CCP5
CCP1
CCP3
CCP4
–
–
–
–
MII_TXD3
–
–
CCP2
CCP3
U1RX
U1TX
CCP4
USB0EPEN
CCP0
–
EPI0S2
EPI0S3
EPI0S4
EPI0S5
CCP1
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
USB0PFLT
CCP0
USB0PFLT
–
54
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
Table 2-22. GPIO_MUX1 Pin Assignments (M3 Alternate Modes)(1)
M3
Alternate
Mode 12
M3
Alternate
Mode 13
M3
Alternate
Mode 14
M3
Alternate
Mode 15
Analog Mode
(USB Pins)
Device Pin Name
–
PA0_GPIO0
PA1_GPIO1
PA2_GPIO2
PA3_GPIO3
PA4_GPIO4
PA5_GPIO5
PA6_GPIO6
PA7_GPIO7
PB0_GPIO8
PB1_GPIO9
PB2_GPIO10
PB3_GPIO11
PB4_GPIO12
PB5_GPIO13
PB6_GPIO14
PB7_GPIO15
PD0_GPIO16
PD1_GPIO17
PD2_GPIO18
PD3_GPIO19
PD4_GPIO20
PD5_GPIO21
PD6_GPIO22
PD7_GPIO23
PE0_GPIO24
PE1_GPIO25
PE2_GPIO26
PE3_GPIO27
PE4_GPIO28
PE5_GPIO29
PE6_GPIO30
PE7_GPIO31
PF0_GPIO32
PF1_GPIO33
PF2_GPIO34
PF3_GPIO35
PF4_GPIO36
PF5_GPIO37
PF6_GPIO38
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
SSI1FSS
–
–
–
–
U1CTS
U1DCD
U1DSR
U1RTS
U1DTR
U1RI
CAN1TX
–
–
–
–
SSI1CLK
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
MII_RXD1
–
–
–
–
SSI2TX
SSI2RX
SSI2CLK
SSI2FSS
–
U4TX
–
–
–
–
–
CAN1RX
U1RX
CAN1TX
CAN1RX
U1TX
U1RX
CAN1TX
CAN1RX
U1TX
U1RX
U3TX
U3RX
I2C1SDA
I2C1SCL
CAN0RX
CAN0TX
U2RX
U2TX
–
U4RX
–
–
–
–
–
SSI1TX
SSI1RX
SSI1CLK
SSI1FSS
USB0EPEN
USB0PFLT
CAN0RX
CAN0TX
CAN1TX
CAN1RX
U1TX
U1RX
SSI1TX
SSI1RX
SSI1CLK
SSI1FSS
USB0EPEN
USB0PFLT
–
–
–
–
–
MII_CRS
I2C0SDA
I2C0SCL
SSI0TX
SSI0RX
SSI0CLK
SSI0FSS
–
–
–
–
MII_RXD2
–
MII_COL
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
SSI3TX
SSI3RX
SSI3CLK
SSI3FSS
U0RX
U0TX
CAN0RX
CAN0TX
I2C0SDA
I2C0SCL
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
MII_TXER
–
–
MII_MDIO
–
–
MII_RXD3
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
XCLKOUT
–
–
U0TX
U0RX
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
USB0VBUS
–
–
–
PF7_GPIO39
(no pin)
–
–
–
–
–
(1) Blank fields represent Reserved functions.
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Overview
55
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 2-22. GPIO_MUX1 Pin Assignments (M3 Alternate Modes)(1) (continued)
M3
Alternate
Mode 12
M3
Alternate
Mode 13
M3
Alternate
Mode 14
M3
Alternate
Mode 15
Analog Mode
(USB Pins)
Device Pin Name
–
PG0_GPIO40
PG1_GPIO41
PG2_GPIO42
PG3_GPIO43
MII_RXD2
MII_RXD1
–
U4RX
U4TX
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
USB0DM
–
MII_RXDV
–
PG4_GPIO44
(no pin)
–
–
–
–
–
USB0DP
PG5_GPIO45
PG6_GPIO46
PG7_GPIO47
PH0_GPIO48
PH1_GPIO49
PH2_GPIO50
PH3_GPIO51
PH4_GPIO52
PH5_GPIO53
PH6_GPIO54
PH7_GPIO55
PJ0_GPIO56
PJ1_GPIO57
PJ2_GPIO58
PJ3_GPIO59
PJ4_GPIO60
PJ5_GPIO61
PJ6_GPIO62
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
USB0ID
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
MII_RXD0
–
SSI3TX
SSI3RX
SSI3CLK
SSI3FSS
U3TX
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
U3RX
–
MII_TXEN
MII_TXCK
–
SSI0TX
SSI0RX
SSI0CLK
SSI0FSS
SSI0CLK
SSI0FSS
SSI1CLK
SSI1FSS
U2RX
–
–
–
MII_RXDV
MII_RXCK
MII_MDC
MII_COL
MII_CRS
MII_PHYINTR
–
U0TX
U0RX
–
–
–
PJ7_GPIO63/
XCLKIN
–
–
–
–
–
MII_PHYRST
U2TX
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
PC0_GPIO64
(no pin)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
PC1_GPIO65
(no pin)
PC2_GPIO66
(no pin)
PC3_GPIO67
(no pin)
–
–
–
–
PC4_GPIO68
PC5_GPIO69
PC6_GPIO70
PC7_GPIO71
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
56
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
Table 2-23. GPIO_MUX1 Pin Assignments (C28x Peripheral Modes)(1)
C28x
Peripheral
Mode 0
C28x
Peripheral
C28x
Peripheral
Mode 2
C28x
Peripheral
Mode 3
Analog Mode
(USB Pins)
Devices Pin Name
Mode 1
EPWM1A
EPWM1B
EPWM2A
EPWM2B
EPWM3A
EPWM3B
EPWM4A
EPWM4B
EPWM5A
EPWM5B
EPWM6A
EPWM6B
EPWM7A
EPWM7B
EPWM8A
EPWM8B
SPISIMOAO
SPISOMIAO
SPICLKAO
SPISTEAO
EQEP1A
EQEP1B
EQEP1SO
EQEP1IO
ECAP1
–
PA0_GPIO0
PA1_GPIO1
PA2_GPIO2
PA3_GPIO3
PA4_GPIO4
PA5_GPIO5
PA6_GPIO6
PA7_GPIO7
PB0_GPIO8
PB1_GPIO9
PB2_GPIO10
PB3_GPIO11
PB4_GPIO12
PB5_GPIO13
PB6_GPIO14
PB7_GPIO15
PD0_GPIO16
PD1_GPIO17
PD2_GPIO18
PD3_GPIO19
PD4_GPIO20
PD5_GPIO21
PD6_GPIO22
PD7_GPIO23
PE0_GPIO24
PE1_GPIO25
PE2_GPIO26
PE3_GPIO27
PE4_GPIO28
PE5_GPIO29
PE6_GPIO30
PE7_GPIO31
PF0_GPIO32
PF1_GPIO33
PF2_GPIO34
PF3_GPIO35
PF4_GPIO36
PF5_GPIO37
PF6_GPIO38
GPIO0
–
–
–
GPIO1
ECAP6
–
–
GPIO2
–
–
–
GPIO3
ECAP5
–
–
GPIO4
–
–
–
GPIO5
MFSRAO
ECAP1
–
GPIO6
–
EPWMSYNCO
–
GPIO7
MCLKRAO
ECAP2
–
GPIO8
–
ADCSOCAO
–
GPIO9
–
ECAP3
–
GPIO10
GPIO11
GPIO12
GPIO13
GPIO14
GPIO15
GPIO16
GPIO17
GPIO18
GPIO19
GPIO20
GPIO21
GPIO22
GPIO23
GPIO24
GPIO25
GPIO26
GPIO27
GPIO28
GPIO29
GPIO30
GPIO31
GPIO32
GPIO33
GPIO34
GPIO35
GPIO36
GPIO37
GPIO38
–
ADCSOCBO
–
–
ECAP4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
MDXA
–
–
MDRA
–
–
MCLKXAO
–
–
MFSXAO
–
–
EQEP2A
–
–
ECAP2
EQEP2B
–
–
ECAP3
EQEP2IO
–
–
ECAP4
EQEP2SO
–
–
SCIRXDA
SCITXDA
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
EPWM9A
–
–
–
EPWM9B
–
SDAAOC
SCLAOC
ECAP1
SCIRXDA
ADCSOCAO
–
EPWMSYNCO
ADCSOCBO
–
SCIRXDA
XCLKOUT
–
SCITXDA
SCIRXDA
ECAP2
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
USB0VBUS
–
PF7_GPIO39
(no pin)
–
GPIO39
–
–
–
(1) Blank fields represent Reserved functions.
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Overview
57
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 2-23. GPIO_MUX1 Pin Assignments (C28x Peripheral Modes)(1) (continued)
C28x
Peripheral
Mode 0
C28x
Peripheral
Mode 1
C28x
Peripheral
Mode 2
C28x
Peripheral
Mode 3
Analog Mode
(USB Pins)
Devices Pin Name
–
PG0_GPIO40
PG1_GPIO41
PG2_GPIO42
PG3_GPIO43
GPIO40
GPIO41
GPIO42
GPIO43
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
USB0DM
–
PG4_GPIO44
(no pin)
–
GPIO44
–
–
–
USB0DP
PG5_GPIO45
PG6_GPIO46
PG7_GPIO47
PH0_GPIO48
PH1_GPIO49
PH2_GPIO50
PH3_GPIO51
PH4_GPIO52
PH5_GPIO53
PH6_GPIO54
PH7_GPIO55
PJ0_GPIO56
PJ1_GPIO57
PJ2_GPIO58
PJ3_GPIO59
PJ4_GPIO60
PJ5_GPIO61
PJ6_GPIO62
GPIO45
GPIO46
GPIO47
GPIO48
GPIO49
GPIO50
GPIO51
GPIO52
GPIO53
GPIO54
GPIO55
GPIO56
GPIO57
GPIO58
GPIO59
GPIO60
GPIO61
GPIO62
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
USB0ID
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
ECAP5
ECAP6
EQEP1A
EQEP1B
EQEP1SO
EQEP1IO
SPISIMOAO
SPISOMIAO
SPICLKAO
SPISTEAO
MCLKRAO
MFSRAO
–
–
–
–
–
–
EQEP3A
EQEP3B
EQEP3SO
EQEP3IO
EPWM7A
EPWM7B
EPWM8A
EPWM8B
EPWM9A
–
–
PJ7_GPIO63/
XCLKIN
–
–
–
–
–
GPIO63/XCLKIN
GPIO64
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
EPWM9B
PC0_GPIO64
(no pin)
–
–
–
–
PC1_GPIO65
(no pin)
GPIO65
PC2_GPIO66
(no pin)
GPIO66
PC3_GPIO67
(no pin)
GPIO67
–
–
–
–
PC4_GPIO68
PC5_GPIO69
PC6_GPIO70
PC7_GPIO71
GPIO68
GPIO69
GPIO70
GPIO71
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
58
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
2.13.2 GPIO_MUX2
The eight pins of the GPIO_MUX2 block can be selectively mapped to eight General-Purpose Inputs, eight
General-Purpose Outputs, or six COMPOUT outputs from the Analog Comparator peripheral. Each
GPIO_MUX2 pin can have a pullup enabled or disabled. On reset, all pins of the GPIO_MUX2 block are
configured as analog inputs, and the GPIO function is disabled. The GPIO_MUX2 block is programmed
through a separate set of registers from those used to program GPIO_MUX1.
The multiple registers responsible for configuring the GPIO_MUX2 pins are organized in register set E.
They are accessible by the C28x CPU only. The middle portion of Figure 2-11 shows set E of Control
Subsystem registers, plus muxing logic for the associated eight GPIO pins. The GPEMUX1 register
selects one of six possible digital output signals from analog comparators, or one of eight general-purpose
GPIO digital outputs. The GPEPUD register disables pullups for the GPIO_MUX2 pins when a
corresponding bit of that register is set to “1”. Other registers of set E allow reading and writing of the eight
GPIO bits, as well as setting the direction for each of the bits (read or write). See Table 2-24 for the
mapping of comparator outputs and GPIO to the eight pins of GPIO_MUX2.
Peripheral Modes 0, 1, 2, and 3 are chosen by setting selected bit pairs of GPIOEMUX1 register to “00”,
“01”, “10”, and “11”, respectively. For example, setting bits 5–4 of the GPIOEMUX1 register to “00”
(Peripheral Mode 0) assigns pin GPIO130 to internal signal GPIO130 (digital GPIO). Setting bits 5–4 of
the GPIOEMUX1 register to “11” (Peripheral Mode 3) assigns pin GPIO130 to internal signal COMP6OUT
coming from Analog Comparator 6. Peripheral Modes 1 and 2 are reserved and are not currently
available.
Table 2-24. GPIO_MUX2 Pin Assignments (C28x Peripheral Modes)(1)
C28x
Peripheral
Mode 0
C28x
Peripheral
Mode 1
C28x
Peripheral
Mode 2
C28x
Peripheral
Mode 3
Device Pin Name
GPIO128
GPIO129
GPIO130
GPIO131
GPIO132
GPIO133
GPIO134
GPIO135
GPIO128
GPIO129
GPIO130
GPIO131
GPIO132
GPIO133
GPIO134
GPIO135
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
COMP1OUT
COMP6OUT
COMP2OUT
COMP3OUT
COMP4OUT
–
COMP5OUT
(1) Blank fields represent Reserved functions.
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Overview
59
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
ADC1INA0
ADC1INA1
ADC1INA3
ADC1INA4
ADC1INA6
ADC1INA7
ADC1INB0
ADC1INB3
ADC1INB4
ADC1INB7
ADC
1
ONE OF 10
AIO_MUX1
AIO_MUX1
PINS
AIOMUX1 REG
AIOSET REG
AIOCLEAR REG
AIOTOGGLE REG
AIODIR REG
AIO2
AIO4
AIO6
AIO12
AIODIR REG
AIODAT REG
COMPB2 COMPA1
COMPA2
COMPA3
COMPOUT1
6
DISABLED
COMPOUT2
AT RESET
COMPARATOR
+ DAC UNITS
COMPOUT3
DIS
ARS
COMPOUT4
COMPOUT5
COMPOUT6
GPEPUDREG
C28
CPU
BUS
COMPB5 COMPA4
COMPA5
ANALOG BUS
C28x
CPU
GPIO128
GPIO129
GPIO130
GPIO131
GPIO132
GPIO133
GPIO134
GPIO135
GPIO_MUX2
COMPA6
‘1’
PULL UP
GPEMUX1 REG
GPEDIR REG
GPESET REG
GPECLEAR REG
GPETOGGLE REG
GPEDIR REG
ONE OF 8
GPIO_MUX2
PINS
GPEDAT REG
ANALOG
COMMON
INTERFACE
BUS
ADC2INA0
ADC2INA1
ADC2INA3
ADC2INA4
ADC2INA6
ADC2INA7
ADC2INB0
ADC2INB3
ADC2INB4
ADC2INB7
ADC
2
ONE OF 10
AIO_MUX2
PINS
AIO_MUX2
AIOSET REG
AIOCLEAR REG
AIOTOGGLE REG
AIODIR REG
AIOMUX2 REG
AIODIR REG
AIO18
AIO20
AIO22
AIO28
AIODAT REG
Figure 2-11. Pin Muxing on AIO_MUX1, AIO_MUX2, and GPIO_MUX2
60
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
2.13.3 AIO_MUX1
The ten pins of AIO_MUX1 can be selectively mapped through a dedicated set of registers to ten analog
inputs for ADC1 peripheral, six analog inputs for Comparator peripherals, four General-Purpose Inputs, or
four General-Purpose Outputs. Note that while AIO_MUX1 has been named after the analog signals
passing through it, the GPIOs (here called AIOs) are still digital, although with fewer features than those in
the GPIO_MUX1 and GPIO_MUX2 blocks—for example, they do not offer pullups. On reset, all pins of the
AIO_MUX1 block are configured as analog inputs and the GPIO function is disabled. The AIO_MUX1
block is programmed through a separate set of registers from those used to program AIO_MUX2.
The multiple registers responsible for configuring the AIO_MUX1 pins are accessible by the C28x CPU
only. The top portion of Figure 2-11 shows Control Subsystem registers and muxing logic for the
associated ten AIO pins. The AIOMUX1 register selects one of ten possible analog input signals or one of
four general-purpose AIO inputs. Other registers allow reading and writing of the four AIO bits, as well as
setting the direction for each of the bits (read or write). See Table 2-25 for the mapping of analog inputs
and AIOs to the ten pins of AIO_MUX1.
AIO Mode 0 is chosen by setting selected odd bits of the AIOMUX1 register to ‘0’. AIO Mode 1 is chosen
by setting selected odd bits of the AIOMUX1 register to ‘1’. For example, setting bit 5 of the AIOMUX1
register to ‘0’ assigns pin ADC1INA2 to internal signal AIO2 (digital GPIO). Setting bit 5 of the AIOMUX1
register to ‘1’ assigns pin ADC1INA2 to analog inputs ADC1INA2 or COMPA1 (only one should be
enabled at a time in the respective analog module). Currently, all even bits of the AIOMUX1 register are
“don’t cares”.
Table 2-25. AIO_MUX1 Pin Assignments (C28x AIO Modes)(1)(2)
Device Pin Name
ADC1INA0
ADC1INA2
ADC1INA3
ADC1INA4
ADC1INA6
ADC1INA7
ADC1INB0
ADC1INB3
ADC1INB4
ADC1INB7
C28x AIO Mode 0(3)
C28x AIO Mode 1(4)
ADC1INA0
–
AIO2
–
ADC1INA2, COMPA1
ADC1INA3
AIO4
AIO6
–
ADC1INA4, COMPA2
ADC1INA6, COMPA3
ADC1INA7
–
ADC1INB0
–
ADC1INB3
AIO12
–
ADC1INB4, COMPB2
ADC1INB7
(1) Blank fields represent Reserved functions.
(2) For each field with two pins (e.g., ADC1INA2, COMPA1), only one pin should be enabled at a time; the other pin should be disabled.
Use registers inside the respective destination analog peripherals to enable or disable these inputs.
(3) AIO Mode 0 represents digital general-purpose inputs or outputs.
(4) AIO Mode 1 represents analog inputs for ADC1 or the Comparator module.
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Overview
61
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
2.13.4 AIO_MUX2
The ten pins of AIO_MUX2 can be selectively mapped through a dedicated set of registers to ten analog
inputs for ADC2 peripheral, six analog inputs for Comparator peripherals, four General-Purpose Inputs, or
four General-Purpose Outputs. Note that while AIO_MUX2 has been named after the analog signals
passing through it, the GPIOs (here called AIOs) are still digital, although with fewer features than those in
the GPIO_MUX1 and GPIO_MUX2 blocks—for example, they do not offer pullups. On reset, all pins of the
AIO_MUX2 block are configured as analog inputs and the GPIO function is disabled. The AIO_MUX2
block is programmed through a separate set of registers from those used to program AIO_MUX1.
The multiple registers responsible for configuring the AIO_MUX2 pins are accessible by the C28x CPU
only. The bottom portion of Figure 2-11 shows Control Subsystem registers and muxing logic for the
associated ten AIO pins. The AIOMUX2 register selects one of ten possible analog input signals or one of
four general-purpose AIO inputs. Other registers allow reading and writing of the four AIO bits, as well as
setting the direction for each of the bits (read or write). See Table 2-26 for the mapping of analog inputs
and AIOs to the ten pins of AIO_MUX2. Peripheral Modes 1 and 2 are currently not available.
AIO Mode 0 is chosen by setting selected odd bits of the AIOMUX2 register to ‘0’. AIO Mode 1 is chosen
by setting selected odd bits of the AIOMUX2 register to ‘1’. For example, setting bit 9 of the AIOMUX2
register to ‘0’ assigns pin ADC2INA4 to internal signal AIO20 (digital GPIO). Setting bit 9 of the AIOMUX2
register to ‘1’ assigns pin ADC2INA4 to analog inputs ADC2INA4 or COMPA5 (only one should be
enabled at a time in the respective analog module). Currently, all even bits of the AIOMUX2 register are
“don’t cares”.
Table 2-26. AIO_MUX2 Pin Assignments (C28x AIO Modes)(1)(2)
Device Pin Name
ADC2INA0
ADC2INA2
ADC2INA3
ADC2INA4
ADC2INA6
ADC2INA7
ADC2INB0
ADC2INB3
ADC2INB4
ADC2INB7
C28x AIO Mode 0(3)
C28x AIO Mode 1(4)
ADC2INA0
–
AIO18
ADC2INA2, COMPA4
ADC2INA3
–
AIO20
ADC2INA4, COMPA5
ADC2INA6, COMPA6
ADC2INA7
AIO22
–
–
ADC2INB0
–
AIO28
–
ADC2INB3
ADC2INB4, COMPB5
ADC2INB7
(1) Blank fields represent Reserved functions.
(2) For each field with two pins (e.g., ADC2INA6, COMPA6), only one pin should be enabled at a time; the other pin should be disabled.
Use registers inside the respective destination analog peripherals to enable or disable these inputs.
(3) AIO Mode 0 represents digital general-purpose inputs or outputs.
(4) AIO Mode 1 represents analog inputs for ADC2 or the Comparator module.
62
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
3 Device Pins
3.1 Pin Assignments
Figure 3-1 shows the 144-pin RFP PowerPAD™ Thermally Enhanced Thin Quad Flatpack (HTQFP) pin
assignments.
PG5_GPIO45
PG2_GPIO42
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
GPIO135/COMP5OUT
GPIO134
GPIO133/COMP4OUT
GPIO132/COMP3OUT
VREG18EN
PG6_GPIO46
PF6_GPIO38
PD7_GPIO23
VDDIO
ADC1INB7
ADC1INB4
VDD12
PD4_GPIO20
PD5_GPIO21
PJ0_GPIO56
PJ1_GPIO57
ADC1INB3
ADC1INB0
ADC1VREFLO, VSSA1
VDDA1
ADC1VREFHI
ADC1INA0
ADC1INA2
ADC1INA3
ADC1INA4
ADC1INA6
ADC1INA7
ADC2INA7
ADC2INA6
PJ2_GPIO58
PJ3_GPIO59
VDDIO
VDD12
PJ4_GPIO60
PJ5_GPIO61
VDD12
VDDIO
PJ6_GPIO62
PG7_GPIO47
PF5_GPIO37
PG1_GPIO41
PG0_GPIO40
PF4_GPIO36
PH5_GPIO53
PH4_GPIO52
PE1_GPIO25
VDDIO
PE0_GPIO24
PH1_GPIO49
PH0_GPIO48
PC7_GPIO71
PC6_GPIO70
PC5_GPIO69
PC4_GPIO68
ADC2INA4
ADC2INA3
ADC2INA2
ADC2INA0
ADC2VREFHI
VDDA2
ADC2VREFLO, VSSA2
ADC2INB0
ADC2INB3
ADC2INB4
ADC2INB7
GPIO128
GPIO129/COMP1OUT
GPIO130/COMP6OUT
GPIO131/COMP2OUT
ARS
A. See Table 3-1, Terminal Functions, for the complete multiplexed signal names.
Figure 3-1. 144-Pin RFP PowerPAD™ HTQFP (Top View)
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Pins
63
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
3.2 Terminal Functions
Table 3-1 describes the signals.
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1)
TERMINAL
I/O/Z(2)
RFP
DESCRIPTION
NAME
PIN #
ADC 1 Inputs, Analog Comparator Inputs, AIO Group 1
ADC1 External High Reference – only used when in ADC external reference
mode.
ADC1VREFHI
120
118
I
I
ADC1VREFLO
VSSA1
,
ADC1 External Low Reference – only used when in ADC external reference
mode, ADC1 Ground.
ADC1INA0
ADC1INA2
COMPA1
AIO2
121
122
I
ADC1 Group A, Channel 0 input
ADC1 Group A, Channel 2 input
Comparator Input A1
I
I
I/O
Digital AIO2
ADC1INA3
ADC1INA4
COMPA2
AIO4
123
124
I
ADC1 Group A, Channel 3 input
ADC1 Group A, Channel 4 input
Comparator Input A2
I
I
I/O
Digital AIO4
ADC1INA6
COMPA3
AIO6
125
I
ADC1 Group A, Channel 6 input
Comparator Input A3
I
I/O
Digital AIO6
ADC1INA7
ADC1INB0
ADC1INB3
ADC1INB4
COMPB2
AIO12
126
117
116
115
I
ADC1 Group A, Channel 7 input
ADC1 Group B, Channel 0 input
ADC1 Group B, Channel 3 input
ADC1 Group B, Channel 4 input
Comparator Input B2
I
I
I
I
I/O
I
Digital AIO12
ADC1INB7
114
ADC1 Group B, Channel 7 input
ADC 2 Inputs, Analog Comparator Inputs, AIO Group 2
ADC2 External High Reference – only used when in ADC external reference
mode.
ADC2VREFHI
133
135
I
I
ADC2VREFLO
VSSA2
,
ADC2 External Low Reference – only used when in ADC external reference
mode, ADC2 Ground.
ADC2INA0
ADC2INA2
COMPA4
AIO18
132
131
I
ADC2 Group A, Channel 0 input
ADC2 Group A, Channel 2 input
Comparator Input A4
I
I
I/O
Digital AIO18
ADC2INA3
ADC2INA6
COMPA6
AIO22
130
128
I
ADC2 Group A, Channel 3 input
ADC2 Group A, Channel 6 input
Comparator Input A6
I
I
I/O
I
Digital AIO22
ADC2INA4
COMPA5
AIO20
129
ADC2 Group A, Channel 4 input
Comparator Input A5
I
I/O
Digital AIO20
(1) Throughout this table, Master Subsystem signals are denoted by the color "blue"; Control Subsystem signals are denoted by the color
"green"; and Analog Subsystem signals are denoted by the color "orange".
(2) I = Input, O = Output, Z = High Impedance, OD = Open Drain, ↑ = Pullup, ↓ = Pulldown
64
Device Pins
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
I/O/Z(2)
DESCRIPTION
RFP
NAME
PIN #
ADC2INA7
ADC2INB0
ADC2INB3
ADC2INB4
COMPB5
AIO28
127
136
137
138
I
ADC2 Group A, Channel 7 input
ADC2 Group B, Channel 0 input
ADC2 Group B, Channel 3 input
ADC2 Group B, Channel 4 input
Comparator Input B5
I
I
I
I
I/O
I
Digital AIO28
ADC2INB7
139
ADC2 Group B, Channel 7 input
Analog Comparator Results (Digital) and GPIO Group 2 (C28x Access Only)
GPIO128
140
141
I/O
I/O
O
General-purpose input/output 128
GPIO129
General-purpose input/output 129
COMP1OUT
GPIO130
Compare result from Analog Comparator 1
General-purpose input/output 130
142
143
112
111
I/O
O
COMP6OUT
GPIO131
Compare result from Analog Comparator 6
General-purpose input/output 131
I/O
O
COMP2OUT
GPIO132
Compare result from Analog Comparator 2
General-purpose input/output 132
I/O
O
COMP3OUT
GPIO133
Compare result from Analog Comparator 3
General-purpose input/output 133
I/O
O
COMP4OUT
GPIO134
Compare result from Analog Comparator 4
General-purpose input/output 134
110
109
I/O
I/O
O
GPIO135
General-purpose input/output 135
COMP5OUT
Compare result from Analog Comparator 5
GPIO Group 1 and Peripheral Signals
PA0_GPIO0
M_U0RX
5
6
I/O/Z
I
General-purpose input/output 0
UART-0 receive data
M_I2C1SCL
M_U1RX
I/OD
I
I2C-1 clock open-drain bidirectional port
UART-1 receive data
C_EPWM1A
PA1_GPIO1
M_U0TX
O
Enhanced PWM-1 output A
General-purpose input/output 1
UART-0 transmit data
I/O/Z
O
M_I2C1SDA
M_U1TX
I/OD
O
I2C-1 data open-drain bidirectional port
UART-1 data transmit
M_SSI1FSS
C_EPWM1B
C_ECAP6
I/O
O
SSI-1 frame
Enhanced PWM-1 output B
Enhanced Capture-6 input/output
General-purpose input/output 2
SSI-0 clock
I/O
I/O/Z
I/O
O
PA2_GPIO2
M_SSI0CLK
M_MIITXD2
M_U1CTS
C_EPWM2A
7
EMAC MII transmit data bit 2
UART-1 clear-to-send modem status
Enhanced PWM-2 output A
I
O
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Pins
65
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
I/O/Z(2)
DESCRIPTION
RFP
NAME
PA3_GPIO3
PIN #
8
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 3
SSI-0 frame
M_SSI0FSS
M_MIITXD1
M_U1DCD
M_SSI1CLK
C_EPWM2B
C_ECAP5
I/O
O
EMAC MII transmit data bit 1
UART-1 data carrier detect
SSI-1 clock
I
I/O
O
Enhanced PWM-2 output B
Enhanced Capture-5 input/output
General-purpose input/output 4
SSI-0 clock
I/O
PA4_GPIO4
M_SSI0RX
M_MIITXD0
M_CAN0RX
M_U1DSR
C_EPWM3A
PA5_GPIO5
M_SSI0TX
M_MIIRXDV
M_CAN0TX
M_U1RTS
9
I/O/Z
I/O
O
EMAC MII transmit data bit 0
CAN-0 receive data
I
I
UART-1 data set ready
Enhanced PWM-3 output A
General-purpose input/output 5
SSI-0 transmit data
O
12
I/O/Z
O
I
EMAC MII receive data valid
CAN-0 transmit data
O
O
UART-1 request-to-send
Enhanced PWM-3 output B
McBSP-A receive frame sync
Enhanced Capture-1 input/output
General-purpose input/output 6
C_EPWM3B
C_MFSRA
C_ECAP1
O
I
I/O
PA6_GPIO6
M_I2C1SCL
M_CCP1
13
I/O/Z
I/OD
I2C-1 clock open-drain bidirectional port
Capture/Compare/PWM-1 (General-purpose Timer)
EMAC MII receive clock
I/O
M_MIIRXCK
M_CAN0RX
M_USB0EPEN
M_U1CTS
I
I
CAN-0 receive data
O
USB-0 external power enable (optionally used in host mode
UART-1 clear-to-send modem status
UART-1 data terminal ready
I
M_U1DTR
O
C_EPWM4A
O
Enhanced PWM-4 output A
C_EPWMSYNCO
PA7_GPIO7
M_I2C1SDA
M_CCP4
O
Enhanced PWM-4 external sync pulse
General-purpose input/output 7
14
I/O/Z
I/OD
I2C-1 data open-drain bidirectional port
Capture/Compare/PWM-4 (General-purpose Timer)
EMAC MII receive error
I/O
M_MIIRXER
M_CAN0TX
M_CCP3
I
O
I/O
I
CAN-0 transmit data
Capture/Compare/PWM-3 (General-purpose Timer)
USB-0 external power error state (optionally used in the host mode)
UART-1 data carrier detect
M_USB0PFLT
M_U1DCD
I
M_MII_RXD1
M_U1RI
I
EMAC MII receive data 1
I
UART-1 ring indicator status
C_EPWM4B
C_MCLKRA
C_ECAP2
O
I
Enhanced PWM-4 output B
McBSP-A receive clock
I/O
Enhanced Capture-1 input/output
66
Device Pins
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
I/O/Z(2)
DESCRIPTION
RFP
NAME
PIN #
PB0_GPIO8
M_CCP0
15
I/O/Z
I/O
I
General-purpose input/output 8
Capture/Compare/PWM-0 (General-purpose Timer)
UART-1 data receive data
M_U1RX
M_SSI2TX
M_CAN1TX
M_U4TX
O
SSI-2 transmit data
O
CAN-1 transmit data
O
UART-4 transmit data
C_EPWM5A
C_ADCSOCAO
PB1_GPIO9
M_CCP2
O
Enhanced PWM-5 output A
O
ADC start-of-conversion A
18
I/O/Z
I/O
I/O
O
General-purpose input/output 9
Capture/Compare/PWM-2 (General-purpose Timer)
Capture/Compare/PWM-1 (General-purpose Timer)
UART-1 transmit data
M_CCP1
M_U1TX
M_SSI2RX
C_EPWM5B
C_ECAP3
I
SSI-2 receive data
O
Enhanced PWM-5 output B
I/O
I/O/Z
I/OD
I/O
I/O
O
Enhanced Capture-3 input/output
General-purpose input/output 10
I2C-0 clock open-drain bidirectional port
Capture/Compare/PWM-3 (General-purpose Timer)
Capture/Compare/PWM-0 (General-purpose Timer)
USB-0 external power enable (optionally used in the host mode)
SSI-2 clock
PB2_GPIO10
M_I2C0SCL
M_CCP3
19
M_CCP0
M_USB0EPEN
M_SSI2CLK
M_CAN1RX
M_U4RX
I/O
I
CAN-1 receive data
I
UART-4 receive data
C_EPWM6A
C_ADCSOCBO
PB3_GPIO11
M_I2C0SDA
M_USB0PFLT
M_SSI2FSS
M_U1RX
O
Enhanced PWM-6 output A
O
ADC start-of-conversion B
20
I/O/Z
I/OD
I
General-purpose input/output 11
I2C-0 data open-drain bidirectional port
USB-0 external power error state (optionally used in the host mode)
SSI-2 frame
I/O
I
UART-1 receive data
C_EPWM6B
C_ECAP4
O
Enhanced PWM-6 output B
I/O
I/O/Z
I
Enhanced Capture-4 input/output
General-purpose input/output 12
UART-2 receive data
PB4_GPIO12
M_U2RX
30
M_CAN0RX
M_U1RX
I
CAN-0 receive data
I
UART-1 receive data
M_EPIOS23
M_CAN1TX
M_SSI1TX
C_EPWM7A
I/O
O
EPI-0 signal 23
CAN-1 transmit data
O
SSI-1 transmit data
O
Enhanced PWM-7 output A
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Pins
67
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
I/O/Z(2)
DESCRIPTION
RFP
NAME
PB5_GPIO13
PIN #
31
I/O/Z
I/O
I/O
I/O
O
General-purpose input/output 13
M_CCP5
Capture/Compare/PWM-5 (General-purpose Timer)
Capture/Compare/PWM-6 (General-purpose Timer)
Capture/Compare/PWM-0 (General-purpose Timer)
CAN-0 transmit data
M_CCP6
M_CCP0
M_CAN0TX
M_CCP2
I/O
O
Capture/Compare/PWM-2 (General-purpose Timer)
UART-1 transmit data
M_U1TX
M_EPI0S22
M_CAN1RX
M_SSI1RX
C_EPWM7B
PB6_GPIO14
M_CCP1
I/O
I
EPI-0 signal 22
CAN-1 receive data
I
SSI-1 receive data
O
Enhanced PWM-7 output B
26
I/O/Z
I/O
I/O
I/O
I
General-purpose input/output 14
Capture/Compare/PWM-1 (General-purpose Timer)
Capture/Compare/PWM-7 (General-purpose Timer)
Capture/Compare/PWM-5 (General-purpose Timer)
EMAC MII carrier sense
M_CCP7
M_CCP5
M_MIICRS
M_I2C0SDA
M_U1TX
I/OD
O
I2C-0 data open-drain bidirectional port
UART-1 transmit data
M_SSI1CLK
C_EPWM8A
PB7_GPIO15
M_EXTNMI
M_MIIRXD1
M_I2C0SCL
M_U1RX
I/O
O
EMAC MII carrier sense
Enhanced PWM-8 output A
27
I/O/Z
I
General-purpose input/output 15
Cortex™-M3 external non-maskable interrupt
EMAC MII receive data 1
I
I/OD
I
I2C-0 clock open-drain bidirectional port
UART-1 receive data
M_SSI1FSS
C_EPWM8B
PD0_GPIO16
M_CAN0RX
M_U2RX
I/O
O
SSI-1 frame
Enhanced PWM-8 output B
102
I/O/Z
I
General-purpose input/output 16
CAN-0 receive data
I
UART-2 receive data
M_U1RX
I
UART-1 receive data
M_CCP6
I/O
I
Capture/Compare/PWM-6 (General-purpose Timer)
EMAC MII receive data valid
M_MIIRXDV
M_U1CTS
M_MIIRXD2
M_SSI0TX
M_CAN1TX
M_USB0EPEN
C_SPISIMOA
I
UART-1 clear-to-send modem status
EMAC MII receive data 2
I
O
SSI-0 transmit data
O
CAN-1 transmit data
O
USB-0 external power enable (optionally used in the host mode)
SPI-A slave in, master out
I/O
68
Device Pins
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
I/O/Z(2)
DESCRIPTION
RFP
NAME
PIN #
PD1_GPIO17
M_CAN0TX
M_U2TX
98
I/O/Z
O
General-purpose input/output 17
CAN-0 transmit data
O
UART-2 transmit data
M_U1TX
O
UART-1 transmit data
M_CCP7
I/O
O
Capture/Compare/PWM-7 (General-purpose Timer)
EMAC MII transmit error
M_MIITXER
M_U1DCD
M_CCP2
I
UART-1 data carrier detect
Capture/Compare/PWM-2 (General-purpose Timer)
EMAC MII collision detect
I/O
I
M_MIICOL
M_SSI0RX
M_CAN1RX
M_USB0PFLT
C_SPISOMIA
PD2_GPIO18
M_U1RX
I
SSI-0 receive data
I
CAN-1 receive data
I
USB-0 external power error state (optionally used in the host mode)
SPI-A master in, slave out
I/O
I/O/Z
I
28
29
65
General-purpose input/output 18
UART-1 receive data
M_CCP6
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
O
Capture/Compare/PWM-6 (General-purpose Timer)
Capture/Compare/PWM-5 (General-purpose Timer)
EPI-0 signal 20
M_CCP5
M_EPI0S20
M_SSI0CLK
M_U1TX
SSI-0 clock
UART-1 transmit data
M_CAN0RX
C_SPICLKA
PD3_GPIO19
M_U1TX
I
CAN-0 receive data
I/O
I/O/Z
O
SPI-A clock
General-purpose input/output 19
UART-1 transmit data
M_CCP7
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I
Capture/Compare/PWM-7 (General-purpose Timer)
Capture/Compare/PWM-0 (General-purpose Timer)
EPI-0 signal 21
M_CCP0
M_EPI0S21
M_SSI0FSS
M_U1RX
SSI-0 frame
UART-1 receive data
M_CAN0TX
C_SPISTEA
PD4_GPIO20
M_CCP0
O
CAN-0 transmit data
I/O
I/O/Z
I/O
I/O
O
SPI-A slave transmit enable
General-purpose input/output 20
Capture/Compare/PWM-0 (General-purpose Timer)
Capture/Compare/PWM-3 (General-purpose Timer)
EMAC MII transmit data 3
M_CCP3
M_MIITXD3
M_U1RI
I
UART-1 receive data
M_EPI0S19
M_U3TX
I/O
O
EPI-0 signal 19
UART-3 transmit data
M_CAN1TX
C_EQEP1A
C_MDXA
O
CAN-1 transmit data
I
Enhanced QEP-1 input A
O
McBSP-A transmit data
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Pins
69
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
I/O/Z(2)
DESCRIPTION
RFP
NAME
PD5_GPIO21
PIN #
64
I/O/Z
I/O
I/O
O
General-purpose input/output 21
M_CCP2
Capture/Compare/PWM-2 (General-purpose Timer)
Capture/Compare/PWM-4 (General-purpose Timer)
EMAC MII transmit data 2
UART-2 receive data
M_CCP4
M_MIITXD2
M_U2RX
I
M_EPI0S28
M_U3RX
I/O
I
EPI-0 signal 28
UART-3 receive data
M_CAN1RX
C_EQEP1B
C_MDRA
I
CAN-1 receive data
I
Enhanced QEP-1 input B
I
McBSP-A receive data
PD6_GPIO22
M_MIITXD1
M_U2TX
73
I/O/Z
O
General-purpose input/output 22
EMAC MII transmit data 1
UART-2 transmit data
O
M_EPI0S29
M_I2C1SDA
M_U1TX
I/O
I/OD
O
EPI-0 signal 29
I2C-0 data open-drain bidirectional port
UART-1 transmit data
C_EQEP1S
C_MCLKXA
PD7_GPIO23
M_CCP1
I/O
O
Enhanced QEP-1 strobe
McBSP-A transmit clock
68
I/O/Z
I/O
O
General-purpose input/output 23
Capture/Compare/PWM-1 (General-purpose Timer)
EMAC MII transmit data 0
UART-1 data terminal ready
EPI-0 signal 30
M_MIITXD0
M_U1DTR
M_EPI0S30
M_I2C1SCL
M_U1RX
O
I/O
I/OD
I
I2C-1 clock open-drain bidirectional port
UART-1 receive data
C_EQEP1I
C_MFSXA
PE0_GPIO24
M_SSI1CLK
M_CCP3
I/O
O
Enhanced QEP-1 index
McBSP-A transmit frame sync
General-purpose input/output 24
SSI-1 clock
43
I/O/Z
I/O
I/O
I/O
I
Capture/Compare/PWM-3 (General-purpose Timer)
EPI-0 signal 8
M_EPI0S8
M_USB0PFLT
M_SSI3TX
M_CAN0RX
M_SSI1TX
C_ECAP1
C_EQEP2A
USB-0 external power error state (optionally used in the host mode)
SSI-3 transmit data
O
I
CAN-1 receive data
O
SSI-1 transmit data
I/O
I
Enhanced Capture-1 input/output
Enhanced QEP-2 input A
70
Device Pins
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
I/O/Z(2)
DESCRIPTION
RFP
NAME
PIN #
PE1_GPIO25
M_SSI1FSS
M_CCP2
45
32
33
I/O/Z
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I
General-purpose input/output 25
SSI-1 frame
Capture/Compare/PWM-2 (General-purpose Timer)
Capture/Compare/PWM-6 (General-purpose Timer)
EPI-0 signal 9
M_CCP6
M_EPI0S9
M_SSI3RX
M_CAN0TX
M_SSI1RX
C_ECAP2
C_EQEP2B
PE2_GPIO26
M_CCP4
SSI-3 receive data
O
CAN-1 transmit data
O
SSI-1 transmit data
I/O
I
Enhanced Capture-2 input/output
Enhanced QEP-2 input B
I/O/Z
I/O
I
General-purpose input/output 26
Capture/Compare/PWM-4 (General-purpose Timer)
SSI-1 receive data
M_SSI1RX
M_CCP2
I/O
I/O
I/O
I
Capture/Compare/PWM-2 (General-purpose Timer)
EPI-0 signal 24
M_EPI0S24
M_SSI3CLK
M_U2RX
SSI-3 clock
UART-2 receive data
M_SSI1CLK
C_ECAP3
C_EQEP2I
PE3_GPIO27
M_CCP1
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O/Z
I/O
O
SSI-1 clock
Enhanced Capture-3 input/output
Enhanced QEP-2 index
General-purpose input/output 27
Capture/Compare/PWM-1 (General-purpose Timer)
SSI-1 transmit data
M_SSI1TX
M_CCP7
I/O
I/O
I/O
O
Capture/Compare/PWM-7 (General-purpose Timer)
EPI-0 signal 25
M_EPI0S25
M_SSI3FSS
M_U2TX
SSI-3 frame
UART-2 transmit data
M_SSI1FSS
C_ECAP4
C_EQEP2S
PE4_GPIO28
M_CCP3
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O/Z
I/O
O
SSI-1 frame
Enhanced Capture-4 input/output
Enhanced QEP-2 strobe
77
General-purpose input/output 28
Capture/Compare/PWM-3 (General-purpose Timer)
UART-2 transmit data
M_U2TX
M_CCP2
I/O
I
Capture/Compare/PWM-2 (General-purpose Timer)
EMAC MII receive data 0
M_MIIRXD0
M_U0RX
I
UART-0 receive data
M_USB0EPEN
C_SCIRXDA
PE5_GPIO29
M_CCP5
O
USB-0 external power enable (optionally used in the host mode)
SCI-A receive data
I
76
I/O/Z
I/O
O
General-purpose input/output 29
Capture/Compare/PWM-5 (General-purpose Timer)
EMAC MII transmit error
M_MIITXER
M_U0TX
O
UART-0 transmit data
M_USB0PFLT
C_SCITXDA
I
USB-0 external power error state (optionally used in the host mode)
SCI-A transmit data
O
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Pins
71
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
I/O/Z(2)
DESCRIPTION
RFP
NAME
PE6_GPIO30
PIN #
22
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 30
M_U1CTS
I
UART-1 clear-to-send modem status
EMAC MII MDIO
M_MIIMDIO
M_CAN0RX
C_EPWM9A
PE7_GPIO31
M_U1DCD
M_MIIRXD3
M_CAN0TX
C_EPWM9B
PF0_GPIO32
M_CAN1RX
M_MIIRXCK
M_U1DSR
I/O
I
CAN-0 receive data
O
Enhanced PWM-9 output A
General-purpose input/output 31
UART-1 data carrier detect
EMAC MII receive data 3
23
I/O/Z
I
I
O
CAN-0 transmit data
O
Enhanced PWM-9 output B
General-purpose input/output 32
CAN-1 receive data
104
I/O/Z
I
I
EMAC MII receive clock
I
UART-1 data set ready
M_I2C0SDA
C_SDAA
I/OD
I/OD
I
I2C-0 data open-drain bidirectional port
I2C-A data open-drain bidirectional port
SCI-A receive data
ADC start-of-conversion A(1)
General-purpose input/output 33
CAN-1 transmit data
C_SCIRXDA
C_ADCSOCAO
PF1_GPIO33
M_CAN1TX
M_MIIRXER
M_U1RTS
O
103
I/O/Z
O
I
EMAC MII receive error
O
UART-1 request-to-send
M_CCP3
I/O
I/OD
I/OD
O
Capture/Compare/PWM-3 (General-purpose Timer)
I2C-0 clock open-drain bidirectional port
I2C-A clock open-drain bidirectional port
Enhanced PWM sync out
ADC start-of-conversion B(1)
General-purpose input/output 34
EMAC PHY MII interrupt
M_I2C0SCL
C_SCLA
C_EPWMSYNCO
C_ADCSOCBO
PF2_GPIO34
M_MIIPHYINTR
M_SSI1CLK
O
82
I/O/Z
I
I/O
O
SSI-1 clock
M_XCLKOUT
C_ECAP1
Main PLL clock (divided by 1, 2 or 4)
Enhanced Capture-1 input/output
SCI-A receive data
I/O
I
C_SCIRXDA
C_XCLKOUT
O
Main PLL clock (divided by 1, 2 or 4)
(1) Output from the Concerto ePWM is meant for the external ADC (if present).
72
Device Pins
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
I/O/Z(2)
DESCRIPTION
RFP
NAME
PIN #
PF3_GPIO35
M_MIIMDC
M_SSI1FSS
M_U0TX
81
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 35
EMAC PHY MII MDC
SSI-1 frame
I
I/O
O
UART-0 transmit data
SCI-A transmit data
Boot pin 2
C_SCITXDA
BOOT_2
O
I
PF4_GPIO36
M_CCP0
48
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 36
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-0 (General-purpose Timer)
EMAC MII MDIO
M_MIIMDIO
M_EPI0S12
M_SSI1RX
M_U0RX
I/O
I/O
EPI-0 signal 12
I
SSI-1 receive data
I
UART-0 receive data
C_SCIRXDA
PF5_GPIO37
M_CCP2
I
I/O/Z
I/O
I
SCI-A receive data
51
69
General-purpose input/output 37
Capture/Compare/PWM-2 (General-purpose Timer)
EMAC MII receive data 3
M_MIIRXD3
M_EPI0S15
M_SSI1TX
C_ECAP2
I/O
O
EPI-0 signal 15
SSI-1 transmit data
I/O
I/O/Z
Analog
I/O
I
Enhanced Capture-2 input/output
General-purpose input/output 38
USB0 VBUS power
PF6_GPIO38
M_USB0VBUS
M_CCP1
Capture/Compare/PWM-1 (General-purpose Timer)
EMAC MII receive data 2
M_MIIRXD2
M_U1RTS
O
UART-1 request-to-send
PF7_GPIO39
PG0_GPIO40
M_U2RX
No Pin
49
No Pin
I/O/Z
I
General-purpose input/output 39 is not pinned out.
General-purpose input/output 40
UART-2 receive data
M_I2C1SCL
M_USB0EPEN
M_EPI0S13
M_MIIRXD2
M_U4RX
I/OD
O
I2C-1 clock open-drain bidirectional port
USB-0 external power enable (optionally used in the host mode)
EPI-0 signal 13
I/O
I
EMAC MII receive data 2
I
UART-4 receive data
PG1_GPIO41
M_U2TX
50
I/O/Z
O
General-purpose input/output 41
UART-2 transmit data
M_I2C1SDA
M_EPI0S14
M_MIIRXD1
M_U4TX
I/OD
I/O
I
I2C-1 data open-drain bidirectional port
EPI-0 signal 14
EMAC MII receive data 1
O
UART-4 transmit data
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Pins
73
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
I/O/Z(2)
DESCRIPTION
RFP
NAME
PG2_GPIO42
PIN #
71
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 42
USB0 data minus
M_USB0DM
M_MIICOL
PG3_GPIO43
M_MIICRS
M_MIIRXDV
BOOT_0
Analog
I
EMAC MII collision detect
General-purpose input/output 43
EMAC MII carrier sense
EMAC MII receive data valid
Boot pin 0
78
I/O/Z
I
I
I
PF7_GPIO44
PG5_GPIO45
M_USB0DP
M_CCP5
No Pin
72
No Pin
I/O/Z
Analog
I/O
O
General-purpose input/output 44 is not pinned out.
General-purpose input/output 45
USB0 data plus
Capture/Compare/PWM-5 (General-purpose Timer)
EMAC MII transmit enable
UART-1 data terminal ready
General-purpose input/output 46
USB0 ID
M_MIITXEN
M_U1DTR
PG6_GPIO46
M_USB0ID
M_MIITCK
M_U1RI
O
70
52
41
I/O/Z
Analog
I
EMAC MII transmit clock
UART-1 receive data
I
PG7_GPIO47
M_MIITXER
M_EPI0S31
BOOT_1
I/O/Z
O
General-purpose input/output 47
EMAC MII transmit error
EPI-0 signal 31
I/O
I
Boot pin 1
PH0_GPIO48
M_CCP6
I/O/Z
I/O
O
General-purpose input/output 48
Capture/Compare/PWM-6 (General-purpose Timer)
EMAC PHY MII reset
M_MIIPHYRST
M_EPI0S6
M_SSI3TX
C_ECAP5
I/O
O
EPI-0 signal 6
SSI-3 transmit data
I/O
I/O/Z
I/O
I/O
I
Enhanced Capture-5 input/output
General-purpose input/output 49
Capture/Compare/PWM-7 (General-purpose Timer)
EPI-0 signal 7
PH1_GPIO49
M_CCP7
42
36
M_EPI0S7
M_MIIRXD0
M_SSI3RX
C_ECAP6
EMAC MII receive data 0
SSI-3 receive data
I
I/O
I/O/Z
I/O
O
Enhanced Capture-6 input/output
General-purpose input/output 50
EPI-0 signal 1
PH2_GPIO50
M_EPI0S1
M_MIITXD3
M_SSI3CLK
C_EQEP1A
EMAC MII transmit data 3
SSI-3 clock
I/O
I
Enhanced QEP-2 input B
74
Device Pins
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
I/O/Z(2)
DESCRIPTION
RFP
NAME
PIN #
PH3_GPIO51
M_USB0EPEN
M_EPI0S0
35
I/O/Z
O
General-purpose input/output 51
USB-0 external power enable (optionally used in the host mode)
EPI-0 signal 0
I/O
O
M_MIITXD2
M_SSI3FSS
C_EQEP1B
PH4_GPIO52
M_USB0FLT
M_EPI0S10
M_MIITXD1
M_SSI1CLK
M_U3TX
EMAC MII transmit data 2
SSI-3 frame
I/O
I
Enhanced QEP-1 input B
General-purpose input/output 52
USB-0 external power error state (optionally used in the host mode)
EPI-0 signal 10
46
I/O/Z
I
I/O
O
EMAC MII transmit data 1
SSI-1 clock
I/O
O
UART-3 transmit data
C_EQEP1S
PH5_GPIO53
M_EPI0S11
M_MIITXD0
M_SSI1FSS
M_U3RX
I/O
I/O/Z
I/O
O
Enhanced QEP-1 strobe
General-purpose input/output 53
EPI-0 signal 11
47
79
EMAC MII transmit data 0
SSI-1 frame
I/O
I
UART-3 receive data
C_EQEP1I
I/O
I/O/Z
I/O
I
Enhanced QEP-1 index
General-purpose input/output 54
EPI-0 signal 26
PH6_GPIO54
M_EPI0S26
M_MIIRXDV
M_SSI1RX
M_MIITXEN
M_SSI0TX
EMAC MII receive data valid
SSI-1 receive data
I
O
EMAC MII transmit enable
SSI-0 transmit data
O
C_SPISIMOA
C_EQEP3A
PH7_GPIO55
M_MIIRXCK
M_EPI0S27
M_SSI1TX
I/O
I
SPI-A slave in, master out
Enhanced QEP-1 input A
General-purpose input/output 55
EMAC MII receive clock
EPI-0 signal 27
80
I/O/Z
I
I/O
O
SSI-1 transmit data
M_MIITXCK
M_SSI0RX
C_SPISOMIA
C_EQEP3B
PJ0_GPIO56
M_MIIRXER
M_EPI016
I
EMAC MII transmit clock
SSI-0 receive data
I
I/O
I
SPI-A master in, slave out
Enhanced QEP-3 input B
General-purpose input/output 56
EMAC MII receive error
EPI-0 signal 16
63
I/O/Z
I
I/O
I/OD
I/O
I/O
I/O
M_I2C1SCL
M_SSI0CLK
C_SPICLKA
C_EQEP3S
I2C-1 clock open-drain bidirectional port
SSI-0 clock
SPI-A clock
Enhanced QEP-3 strobe
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Pins
75
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
I/O/Z(2)
DESCRIPTION
RFP
NAME
PJ1_GPIO57
PIN #
62
61
60
I/O/Z
I/O
I
General-purpose input/output 57
EPI-0 signal 17
M_EPI0S17
M_USB0PFLT
M_I2C1SDA
M_MIIRXDV
M_SSI0FSS
C_SPISTEA
C_EQEP3I
PJ2_GPIO58
M_EPI0S18
M_CCP0
USB-0 external power error state (optionally used in the host mode)
I2C-1 data open-drain bidirectional port
EMAC MII receive data valid
SSI-0 frame
I/OD
I
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O/Z
I/O
I/O
I
SPI-A slave transmit enable
Enhanced QEP-3 index
General-purpose input/output 58
EPI-0 signal 18
Capture/Compare/PWM-0 (General-purpose Timer)
EMAC MII receive clock
M_MIIRXCK
M_SSI0CLK
M_U0TX
I/O
O
SSI-0 clock
UART-0 transmit data
C_MCLKRA
C_EPWM7A
PJ3_GPIO59
M_EPI0S19
M_U1CTS
I
McBSP-A receive clock
O
Enhanced PWM-7 output A
General-purpose input/output 59
EPI-0 signal 19
I/O/Z
I/O
I
UART-1 clear-to-send
M_CCP6
I/O
O
Capture/Compare/PWM-6 (General-purpose Timer)
EMAC PHY MII MDC
M_MIIMDC
M_SSI0FSS
M_U0RX
I/O
I
SSI-0 frame
UART-0 receive data
C_MFSRA
C_EPWM7B
PJ4_GPIO60
M_EPI0S28
M_U1DCD
M_CCP4
I
McBSP-A receive frame sync
Enhanced PWM-7 output B
General-purpose input/output 60
EPI-0 signal 28
O
57
I/O/Z
I/O
I
UART-1 data carrier detect
Capture/Compare/PWM-4 (General-purpose Timer)
EMAC MII collision detect
SSI-1 clock
I/O
I
M_MIICOL
M_SSI1CLK
C_EPWM8A
PJ5_GPIO61
M_EPI0S29
M_U1DSR
M_CCP2
I/O
O
Enhanced PWM-8 output A
General-purpose input/output 61
EPI-0 signal 29
56
I/O/Z
I/O
I
UART-1 data set ready
I/O
I
Capture/Compare/PWM-2 (General-purpose Timer)
EMAC PHY MII CRS
M_MIICRS
M_SSI1FSS
C_EPWM8B
I/O
O
SSI-1 frame
Enhanced PWM-8 output B
76
Device Pins
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
I/O/Z(2)
DESCRIPTION
RFP
NAME
PIN #
PJ6_GPIO62
M_EPI0S30
M_U1RTS
M_CCP1
53
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 62
EPI-0 signal 30
I/O
O
UART-1 request-to-send
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-1 (General-purpose Timer)
EMAC PHY MII interrupt
M_MIIPHYINTR
M_U2RX
I
I
UART-2 receive data
C_EPWM9A
PJ7_GPIO63
M_U1DTR
M_CCP0
O
Enhanced PWM-9 output A
97
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 63
O
UART-1 data terminal ready
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-0 (General-purpose Timer)
EMAC PHY MII reset
M_MIIPHYRST
M_U2TX
O
O
UART-2 transmit data
C_EPWM9B
PC0_GPIO64
PC1_GPIO65
PC2_GPIO66
PC3_GPIO67
PC4_GPIO68
M_CCP5
O
Enhanced PWM-9 output B
No Pin
No Pin
No Pin
No Pin
37
No Pin
General-purpose input/output 64 is not pinned out
General-purpose input/output 65 is not pinned out
General-purpose input/output 66 is not pinned out
General-purpose input/output 67 is not pinned out
General-purpose input/output 68
No Pin
No Pin
No Pin
I/O/Z
I
Capture/Compare/PWM-5 (General-purpose Timer)
EMAC MII transmit data 3
M_MIITXD3
M_CCP2
O
I
Capture/Compare/PWM-2 (General-purpose Timer)
Capture/Compare/PWM-4 (General-purpose Timer)
EPI-0 signal 2
M_CCP4
I
M_EPI0S2
M_CCP1
I/O
I
Capture/Compare/PWM-1 (General-purpose Timer)
General-purpose input/output 69
PC5_GPIO69
M_CCP1
38
39
I/O/Z
I
Capture/Compare/PWM-1 (General-purpose Timer)
Capture/Compare/PWM-3 (General-purpose Timer)
USB-0 external power enable (optionally used in the host mode)
EPI-0 signal 3
M_CCP3
I
M_USB0EPEN
M_EPI0S3
PC6_GPIO70
M_CCP3
O
I/O
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 70
I
Capture/Compare/PWM-3 (General-purpose Timer)
UART-1 receive data
M_U1RX
I
M_CCP0
I
Capture/Compare/PWM-0 (General-purpose Timer)
USB-0 external power error state (optionally used in the host mode)
EPI-0 signal 4
M_USB0PFLT
M_EPI0S4
PC7_GPIO71
M_CCP4
I
I/O
40
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 71
I
I
Capture/Compare/PWM-4 (General-purpose Timer)
Capture/Compare/PWM-0 (General-purpose Timer)
UART-1 transmit data
M_CCP0
M_U1TX
O
I
M_USB0PFLT
M_EPI0S5
USB-0 external power error state (optionally used in the host mode)
EPI-0 signal 5
I/O
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Pins
77
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
I/O/Z(2)
DESCRIPTION
RFP
NAME
PIN #
Reset
Digital Subsystem Reset (in) and Watchdog/Brown-out Reset (out). In most
applications, it is recommended that the XRS pin be tied with the ARS pin. The
Digital Subsystem has a built-in power-on-reset (POR) and brown-out-reset
(BOR) circuitry. As such, no external circuitry is needed to generate a reset
pulse. During a power-on or brown-out condition, this pin is driven low by the
Digital Subsystem. This pin is also driven low by the Digital Subsystem when a
watchdog reset occurs. During watchdog reset, the XRS pin is driven low for the
watchdog reset duration of 512 OSCCLK cycles. If need be, an external circuitry
may also drive this pin to assert device reset. In this case, it is recommended
that this pin be driven by an open-drain device. An R-C circuit must be
connected to this pin for noise immunity reasons. Regardless of the source, a
device reset causes the Digital Subsystem to terminate execution. The
Cortex™-M3 program counter points to the address contained at the location
0x00000004. The C28 program counter points to the address contained at the
location 0x3FFFC0. When reset is deactivated, execution begins at the location
designated by the program counter. The output buffer of this pin is an
open-drain with an internal pullup.
XRS
4
I/OD
Analog Subsystem Reset (in) and Brown-out Reset (out).In most applications, it
is recommended that the ARS pin be tied with the XRS pin. The Digital
Subsystem has a built-in brown-out-reset (BOR) circuitry. As such, no external
circuitry is needed to generate a reset pulse. During a power-on or brown-out
condition, this pin is driven low by the Analog Subsystem. If need be, an
external circuitry may also drive this pin to assert a device reset. In this case, it
is recommended that this pin be driven by an open-drain device. An R-C circuit
must be connected to this pin for noise immunity reasons. Regardless of the
source, the Analog Subsystem reset causes the digital logic associated with the
Analog Subsystem, to enter reset state. The output buffer of this pin is an
open-drain with an internal pullup.
ARS
144
I/OD
Clocks
On-chip crystal-oscillator input. To use this oscillator, a quartz crystal or a
ceramic resonator must be connected across X1 and X2. If this pin is not used,
it must be tied to GND.
X1
93
95
I
On-chip crystal-oscillator output. A quartz crystal or a ceramic resonator must
be connected across X1 and X2. If X2 is not used, it must be left unconnected.
X2
O
I
see
PJ7_GPIO63
External oscillator input. This pin feeds a clock from an external 3.3-V oscillator
to internal USB PLL module and to the CAN peripherals.
XCLKIN
see
PF2_GPIO34
External oscillator output. This pin outputs a clock divided-down from the
internal PLL System Clock. The divide ratio is defined in the XCLKCFG register.
XCLKOUT
O/Z
Boot Pins
see
PG3_GPIO43
One of three boot mode pins. It selects a specific configuration source from
which the Concerto device boots on start-up.
BOOT_0
BOOT_1
BOOT_2
I
I
I
see
PG7_GPIO47
One of three boot mode pins. It selects a specific configuration source from
which the Concerto device boots on start-up.
see
PG3_GPIO35
One of three boot mode pins. It selects a specific configuration source from
which the Concerto device boots on start-up.
78
Device Pins
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
I/O/Z(2)
DESCRIPTION
RFP
NAME
PIN #
JTAG
JTAG test reset with internal pulldown. TRST, when driven high, gives the scan
system control of the operations of the device. If this signal is not connected or
driven low, the device operates in its functional mode, and the test reset signals
are ignored. NOTE: TRST is an active-high test pin and must be maintained low
during normal device operation. An external pull-down resistor is required on
this pin. The value of this resistor should be based on drive strength of the
debugger pods applicable to the design. A 2.2-kΩ resistor generally offers
adequate protection. Since this is application-specific, it is recommended that
each target board be validated for proper operation of the debugger and the
application. (↓)
TRST
85
I
TCK
TMS
89
87
I
I
JTAG test clock with internal pullup (↑)
JTAG test-mode select (TMS) with internal pullup. This serial control input is
clocked into the TAP controller on the rising edge of TCK. (↑)
JTAG test data input (TDI) with internal pullup. TDI is clocked into the selected
register (instruction or data) on a rising edge of TCK. (↑)
TDI
88
84
I
JTAG scan out, test data output (TDO). The contents of the selected register
(instruction or data) are shifted out of TDO on the falling edge of TCK. (8-mA
drive)
TDO
O/Z
Emulator pin 0. When TRST is driven high, this pin is used as an interrupt to or
from the emulator system and is defined as input/output through the JTAG scan.
This pin is also used to put the device into boundary-scan mode. With the
EMU0 pin at a logic-high state and the EMU1 pin at a logic-low state, a rising
edge on the TRST pin would latch the device into boundary-scan mode. (I/O/Z,
8 mA drive ↑)
NOTE: An external pullup resistor is required on this pin. The value of this
resistor should be based on the drive strength of the debugger pods applicable
to the design. A 2.2-kΩ to 4.7-kΩ resistor is generally adequate. Since this is
application-specific, it is recommended that each target board be validated for
proper operation of the debugger and the application.
EMU0
83
I/O/Z
NOTE: If EMU0 is 0 and EMU1 is 1 when coming out of reset, the device enters
Wait-in-Reset mode. WIR suspends bootloader execution, allowing the Emulator
to connect to the device and to modify FLASH contents.
Emulator pin 1. When TRST is driven high, this pin is used as an interrupt to or
from the emulator system and is defined as input/output through the JTAG scan.
This pin is also used to put the device into boundary-scan mode. With the
EMU0 pin at a logic-high state and the EMU1 pin at a logic-low state, a rising
edge on the TRST pin would latch the device into boundary-scan mode. (I/O/Z,
8 mA drive ↑)
NOTE: An external pullup resistor is required on this pin. The value of this
resistor should be based on the drive strength of the debugger pods applicable
to the design. A 2.2-kΩ to 4.7-kΩ resistor is generally adequate. Since this is
application-specific, it is recommended that each target board be validated for
proper operation of the debugger and the application.
EMU1
86
I/O/Z
NOTE: If EMU0 is 0 and EMU1 is 1 when coming out of reset, the device enters
Wait-in-Reset mode. WIR suspends bootloader execution, allowing the Emulator
to connect to the device and to modify FLASH contents.
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Pins
79
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
I/O/Z(2)
DESCRIPTION
RFP
NAME
PIN #
Test Pins
FLT1
FLT2
16
21
I/O
I/O
FLASH Test Pin 1. Reserved for TI. Must be left unconnected.
FLASH Test Pin 2. Reserved for TI. Must be left unconnected.
Internal Voltage Regulator Control
Internal 1.8-V VREG Enable/Disable for VDD18. Pull low to enable the internal
1.8-V voltage regulator (VREG18), pull high to disable VREG18.
VREG18EN
VREG12EN
113
101
Internal 1.2-V VREG Enable/Disable for VDD12. Pull low to enable the internal
1.2-V voltage regulator (VREG12), pull high to disable VREG12.
Analog, Digital, and I/O Power
3.3-V Analog Module 1 Power Pin. Tie with a 2.2-µF capacitor (typical) close to
the pin.
VDDA1
VDDA2
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
119
134
107
10
3.3-V Analog Module 2 Power Pin. Tie with a 2.2-µF capacitor (typical) close to
the pin.
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
25
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
34
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
44
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
54
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
59
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
105
3
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
67
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
74
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
92
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
100
96
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
17
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
2
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
106
1.8-V Digital Logic Power Pins (associated with the Analog Subsytem) - no
supply needed when using internal VREG18. Tie with 1.2-µF (minimum)
ceramic capacitor (10% tolerance) to ground when using internal VREG. Higher
value capacitors may be used but could impact supply-rail ramp-up time.
VDD18
1
80
Device Pins
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
I/O/Z(2)
DESCRIPTION
RFP
NAME
PIN #
1.8-V Digital Logic Power Pins (associated with the Analog Subsytem) - no
supply needed when using internal VREG18. Tie with 1.2-µF (minimum)
ceramic capacitor (10% tolerance) to ground when using internal VREG. Higher
value capacitors may be used but could impact supply-rail ramp-up time.
VDD18
VDD12
VDD12
VDD12
VDD12
VDD12
VDD12
VDD12
VDD12
VDD12
108
24
55
66
99
75
58
11
91
90
1.2-V Digital Logic Power Pins - no supply needed when using internal
VREG12. Tie with 422- nF (minimum) ceramic capacitor (10% tolerance) to
ground when using internal VREG. Higher value capacitors may be used but
could impact supply-rail ramp-up time.
1.2-V Digital Logic Power Pins - no supply needed when using internal
VREG12. Tie with 422- nF (minimum) ceramic capacitor (10% tolerance) to
ground when using internal VREG. Higher value capacitors may be used but
could impact supply-rail ramp-up time.
1.2-V Digital Logic Power Pins - no supply needed when using internal
VREG12. Tie with 422- nF (minimum) ceramic capacitor (10% tolerance) to
ground when using internal VREG. Higher value capacitors may be used but
could impact supply-rail ramp-up time.
1.2-V Digital Logic Power Pins - no supply needed when using internal
VREG12. Tie with 422- nF (minimum) ceramic capacitor (10% tolerance) to
ground when using internal VREG. Higher value capacitors may be used but
could impact supply-rail ramp-up time.
1.2-V Digital Logic Power Pins - no supply needed when using internal
VREG12. Tie with 422- nF (minimum) ceramic capacitor (10% tolerance) to
ground when using internal VREG. Higher value capacitors may be used but
could impact supply-rail ramp-up time.
1.2-V Digital Logic Power Pins - no supply needed when using internal
VREG12. Tie with 422- nF (minimum) ceramic capacitor (10% tolerance) to
ground when using internal VREG. Higher value capacitors may be used but
could impact supply-rail ramp-up time.
1.2-V Digital Logic Power Pins - no supply needed when using internal
VREG12. Tie with 422- nF (minimum) ceramic capacitor (10% tolerance) to
ground when using internal VREG. Higher value capacitors may be used but
could impact supply-rail ramp-up time.
1.2-V Digital Logic Power Pins - no supply needed when using internal
VREG12. Tie with 422- nF (minimum) ceramic capacitor (10% tolerance) to
ground when using internal VREG. Higher value capacitors may be used but
could impact supply-rail ramp-up time.
1.2-V Digital Logic Power Pins - no supply needed when using internal
VREG12. Tie with 422- nF (minimum) ceramic capacitor (10% tolerance) to
ground when using internal VREG. Higher value capacitors may be used but
could impact supply-rail ramp-up time.
VSS
PWR PAD
94
Analog and Digital Ground Power Pad (located on the bottom of the chip).
Clock Oscillator Ground Pin
VSSOSC
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Pins
81
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
4 Device Operating Conditions
4.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings(1) (2)
Supply voltage range, VDDIO (I/O and Flash)
Supply voltage range, VDD18
with respect to VSS
with respect to VSS
with respect to VSS
with respect to VSSA
–0.3 V to 4.6 V
–0.3 V to 2.5 V
–0.3 V to 1.5 V
–0.3 V to 4.6 V
–0.3 V to 4.6 V
–0.3 V to 4.6 V
±20 mA
Supply voltage range, VDD12
Analog voltage range, VDDA
Input voltage range, VIN (3.3 V)
Output voltage range, VO
(3)
Input clamp current, IIK (VIN < 0 or VIN > VDDIO
)
Output clamp current, IOK (VO < 0 or VO > VDDIO
)
±20 mA
(4)
Junction temperature range, TJ
–40°C to 150°C
–65°C to 150°C
(4)
Storage temperature range, Tstg
(1) Stresses beyond those listed under Absolute Maximum Ratings may cause permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings
only, and functional operation of the device at these or any other conditions beyond those indicated under Section 4.2 is not implied.
Exposure to absolute-maximum-rated conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability.
(2) All voltage values are with respect to VSS, unless otherwise noted.
(3) Continuous clamp current per pin is ± 2 mA.
(4) Long-term high-temperature storage and/or extended use at maximum temperature conditions may result in a reduction of overall device
life. For additional information, see IC Package Thermal Metrics Application Report (literature number SPRA953) and Reliability Data for
TMS320LF24xx and TMS320F28xx Devices Application Report (literature number SPRA963).
4.2 Recommended Operating Conditions
MIN NOM
MAX
3.46
1.89
UNIT
(1)
Device supply voltage, I/O, VDDIO
3.14
1.71
3.3
1.8
V
Device supply voltage, Analog Subsystem, VDD18
(when internal VREG is disabled and 1.8 V is
supplied externally)
V
V
Device supply voltage, Master and Control
Subsystems, VDD12
(when internal VREG is disabled and 1.2 V is
supplied externally)
1.14
3.14
1.2
1.26
3.47
Supply ground, VSS
0
3.3
0
V
V
(1)
Analog supply voltage, VDDA
Analog ground, VSSA
V
Device clock frequency (system clock)
High-level input voltage, VIH (3.3 V)
Low-level input voltage, VIL (3.3 V)
High-level output source current, VOH = VOH(MIN) , IOH All GPIO/AIO pins
Group 2(2)
2
60
MHz
V
VDDIO * 0.7
VDDIO + 0.3
V
SS – 0.3
VDDIO * 0.3
V
–4
–8
mA
mA
mA
mA
Low-level output sink current, VOL = VOL(MAX), IOL
All GPIO/AIO pins
Group 2(2)
4
8
(3)
Junction temperature, TJ
T version
–40
–40
–40
105
125
125
S version
°C
Q version (Q100 qualification)
(1) VDDIO and VDDA should be maintained within ~0.3 V of each other.
(2) Group 2 pins are as follows: PD3_GPIO19, PE2_GPIO26, PE3_GPIO27, PH6_GPIO54, PH7_GPIO55, EMU0, TDO, EMU1,
PD0_GPIO16, AIO7, AIO4.
(3) TA (Ambient temperature) is product- and application-dependent and can go up to the specified TJ max of the device.
82
Device Operating Conditions
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
4.3 Electrical Characteristics(1)
over recommended operating conditions (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
VDDIO * 0.8
VDDIO – 0.2
TYP
MAX UNIT
IOH = IOH MAX
IOH = 50 μA
VOH
VOL
High-level output voltage
Low-level output voltage
V
IOL = IOL MAX
VDDIO * 0.2
V
All GPIO/AIO
–140
–300
Pin with pullup
enabled
VDDIO = 3.3 V, VIN = 0 V
Input current
(low level)
XRS pin and ARS pin
IIL
μA
Pin with pulldown
enabled
VDDIO = 3.3 V, VIN = 0 V
VDDIO = 3.3 V, VIN = VDDIO
VDDIO = 3.3 V, VIN = VDDIO
VO = VDDIO or 0 V
±2
±2
50
±2
Pin with pullup
enabled
Input current
(high level)
IIH
μA
μA
Pin with pulldown
enabled
Output current, pullup or
pulldown disabled
IOZ
CI
Input capacitance
2
2.78
35
pF
V
VDDIO BOR trip point
VDDIO BOR hysteresis
Falling VDDIO
mV
Supervisor reset release
delay time
Time after BOR/POR/OVR event is removed to
XRS release
600
μs
VREG VDD18 output
VREG VDD12 output
Internal VREG18 on
Internal VREG12 on
1.8
1.2
V
V
(1) When the on-chip VREG is used, its output is monitored by the POR/BOR circuit, which will reset the device should the core voltage
(VDD) go out of range.
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device Operating Conditions
83
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
5 Peripheral Information and Timings
5.1 Master Subsystem Peripherals
Master Subsystem peripherals are located on the APB Bus and AHB Bus, and are accessible from the
Cortex™-M3 CPU/µDMA. The AHB peripherals include EPI, USB, and two CAN modules. The APB
peripherals include EMAC, two I2Cs, five UARTs, four SSIs, four GPTIMERs, two WDOGs, NMI WDOG,
and a µCRC module (Cyclic Redundancy Check).
5.1.1 External Peripheral Interface (EPI)
The External Peripheral Interface (EPI) is a high-speed parallel bus for external peripherals or memory. It
has several modes of operation to interface gluelessly to many types of external devices. The EPI is
similar to a standard microprocessor address/data bus, except that it must typically be connected to just
one type of external device. Enhanced capabilities include µDMA support, clocking control, and support
for external FIFO buffers.
The EPI supports three primary functional modes: Synchronous Dynamic Random-Access Memory
(SDRAM) mode, Traditional Host-Bus mode, and General-Purpose mode. The EPI module also provides
custom GPIOs; however, unlike regular GPIOs, the EPI module uses a FIFO in the same way as a
communication mechanism and is speed-controlled using clocking.
84
Peripheral Information and Timings
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
5.2 Control Subsystem Peripherals
Control Subsystem peripherals are accessible from the C28x CPU via the C28x Memory Bus, and from
the C28x DMA via the C28x DMA Bus. They include one NMI Watchdog, three Timers, four Serial Port
Peripherals (SCI, SPI, McBSP, I2C), and three types of Control Peripherals (ePWM, eQEP, eCAP).
5.2.1 Pulse Width Modulator (PWM) Modules
There are nine PWM modules in the Concerto device. Eight of these are of the High-Resolution PWM
(HRPWM) type, and one is of the Enhanced PWM (ePWM) type. The HRPWM modules have all the
features of the ePWM plus they offer significantly higher PWM resolution (time granularity). Figure 5-1
shows the eight HRPWM modules (PWM 1–8) and the single ePWM module (PWM 9).
The synchronization inputs to the PWM modules include the SYNCI signal from the GPTRIP1 output of
GPIO_MUX1, and the TBCLKSYNC signal from the CPCLKCR0 register. Synchronization output
SYNCO1 comes from the HRPWM1 module and is stretched by 8 HSPCLK cycles before entering
GPIO_MUX1. There are two groups of trip signal inputs to PWM modules. TRIP1–15 inputs come from
GPTRIP1–12 (from GPIO_MUX1), ECCDBLERR signal (from C28x Local and Shared RAM), and PIEERR
signal from the C28x CPU. TZ1–6 (Trip Zone) inputs come from GPTRIP 1–3 (from GPIO_MUX1),
EQEPERR (from the eQEP peripheral), CLOCKFAIL (from M3 CLOCKS), and EMUSTOP (from the C28x
CPU).
There are nine SOCA PWM outputs and nine SOCB PWM outputs—a pair from each PWM module. The
nine SOCA outputs are OR-ed together and stretched by 32 HSPCLK cycles before entering GPIO_MUX1
as a single SOCAO signal. The nine SOCB outputs are OR-ed together and stretched by 32 HSPCLK
cycles before entering GPIO_MUX1 as a single SOCBO signal. The 18 SOCA/B outputs also go to the
Analog Subsystem, where they can be selected to become conversion triggers to ADC modules.
The nine PWM modules also drive two other sets of outputs which can interrupt the C28x CPU via the
C28x PIE block. These are nine EPWMINT interrupts and nine EPWMTZINT trip-zone interrupts. See
Figure 5-2 for the internal structure of the ePWM and HRPWM modules. The green-colored blocks are
common to both ePWM and HRPWM modules, but only the HRPWMs have the grey-colored hi-resolution
blocks.
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Peripheral Information and Timings
85
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
SOCA (9:1)
SOCB(9:1)
PULSE STRETCH SOCAO
32 HSPCLK CYCLES
PULSE STRETCH SOCBO
32 HSPCLK CYCLES
GPTRIP6
SYNCI
EPWM
EPWM(9:1)A
GPTRIP1
GPTRIP2
GPTRIP3
GPTRIP4
GPTRIP5
GPTRIP6
GPTRIP7
GPTRIP8
GPTRIP9
GPTRIP10
GPTRIP11
GPTRIP12
‘0’
TRIPIN1
TRIPIN2
TRIPIN3
TRIPIN4
TRIPIN5
TRIPIN6
TRIPIN7
TRIPIN8
TRIPIN9
TRIPIN10
TRIPIN11
TRIPIN12
TRIPIN13
TRIPIN14
TRIPIN15
PWM
1
PWM
2
PWM
3
SYNCO
TZ1
TZ2
TZ3
TZ4
TZ5
TZ6
GPTRIP1
GPTRIP2
GPTRIP3
EQEPERR
CLOCKFAIL
EMUSTOP
PWM
4
PWM
5
PWM
6
PWM
7
PWM
8
PWM
9
ECCDBLERR
PIEERR
EPWM(9:1)B
TBCLKSYNC
EPWM(9:1)TZINT
EPWM(9:1)INT
PULSE STRETCH
8 HSPCLK CYCLES
SYNCO
SYNCO1
CPCLKCR0 REG
EQEP(3:1)INT
ECAP(6:1)INT
EQEP1A
EQEP1B
EQEP1S
EQEP1I
SYNCI
EQEP 1
ECAP
1
ECAP
2
ECAP
3
GPTRIP7
GPTRIP8
GPTRIP9
GPTRIP10
GPTRIP11
GPTRIP12
ECAP1INP
ECAP2INP
ECAP3INP
ECAP4INP
ECAP5INP
ECAP6INP
SYNCO
EQEP2A
EQEP2B
EQEP2S
EQEP2I
EQEP 2
ECAP
4
ECAP
5
ECAP
6
EQEP3A
EQEP3B
EQEP3S
EQEP3I
EQEP3
ECAP
EQEP
ECAP(6:1)
LEGEND:
PWM
1-8
EPWM +
HiRES PWM
GPTRIP(1-12)
GPIO_MUX1
ECCDBLERR
PIEERR
EMUSTOP
EQEPERR
CLOCKFAIL
PWM
9
EPWM
ONLY
C28x
CPU
M3
CLOCKS
C28x LOCAL RAM
SHARED RAM
Figure 5-1. ePWM, eQEP, eCAP
86
Peripheral Information and Timings
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
C28SYSCLK
TBCLKSYNC
TRIPIN(15:1)
DCAEVT1.SYNC
DCBEVT1.SYNC
SYNCO
SYNCI
DCAEVT1.SOC
DCBEVT1.SOC
TIME BASE
(TB)
PHS
PRD
DIGITAL
TBCLK
CTR=ZER
CTR=PRD
COMPARE
CTR=
CMPB
(DC)
TBCTR
(15:0)
CTR=ZER
CTR=PRD
CTR_DIR
TBCTR
(15:0)
HiRES
CONTROL
TBCLK
CMPA
CMPB
CAL
CNTRL
DCAEVT1.FORCE DCBEVT1.FORCE
DCAEVT2.FORCE DCBEVT2.FORCE
COUNTER
COMPARE
DCAEVT1.SYNC
DCBEVT1.SYNC
RED
FED
DCAEVT1.INTER DCBEVT1.INTER
DCAEVT2.INTER DCBEVT2.INTER
(CC)
CTR=ZER
CTR=PRD
CTR_DIR
EPWM_A
EPWM_B
ACTION
DEAD
BAND
PWM
TRIP
HiRES
PWM
QUALIFIER
CHOPPER
ZONE
CTR=CMPA
CTR=CMPB
(AQ)
(DB)
(PC)
(TZ)
(HRPWM)
SWFSYNC
SYNCI
CTR=ZER
CTR=PRD
C28SYSCLK
CTR=CMPA
CTR=CMPB
CTR=CMPC
CTR=CMPD
DCAEVT1.SOC
DCBEVT1.SOC
EVENT
TRIGGER
SYNCI
(ET)
EPWM_TZINT
EPWM_INT
EPWM_INT
SOCA
SOCB
TZ (6:1)
Figure 5-2. ePWM/HRPWM
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Peripheral Information and Timings
87
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
5.3 Analog/Shared Peripherals
Concerto Shared Peripherals are accessible from both the Master Subsystem and the Control Subsystem.
The Analog Shared Peripherals include two 12-bit ADCs (Analog-to-Digital Converters), and six
Comparator + DAC (10-bit) modules. All ADC and Comparator registers are accessible by the
Cortex™-M3 CPU and C28x CPU, while ADC results registers are also accessible by the respective
DMAs of the two processors.
The Inter-Processor Communications (IPC) Peripheral is only accessible by the Cortex™-M3 CPU and by
the C28x CPU (not accessible by DMAs). IPC is used for sending and receiving synchronization events
between Master and Control subsystems to coordinate execution of software running on both processors,
or exchanging of data between the two processors.
5.3.1 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Figure 5-3 shows the internal structure of each of the two ADC peripherals that are present on Concerto.
Each ADC has 16 channels that can be programmed to select analog inputs, select start-of-conversion
trigger, set the sampling window, and select end-of-conversion interrupt to prompt a CPU or DMA to read
16 result registers. The 16 ADC channels can be used independently or in pairs, based on the
assignments inside the SAMPLEMODE register. Pairing up the channels allows two analog inputs to be
sampled simultaneously—thereby, increasing the overall conversion performance.
5.3.1.1 Sample Mode
Each ADC has 16 programmable channels that can be independently programmed for analog-to-digital
conversion when corresponding bits in the SAMPLEMODE register are set to Sequential Mode. For
example, if bit 2 in the SAMPLEMODE register is set to 0, ADC channels 4 and 5 are set to sequential
mode. This means that the SOC4CTL and SOC5CTL registers can both be programmed to configure
channels 4 and 5 to independently perform analog-to-digital conversions with results being stored in the
RESULT4 and RESULT5 registers. "Independently" means that channel 4 may use a different
Start-Of-Conversion (SOC) trigger, different analog input, and different sampling window than the trigger,
input, and window assigned to channel 5.
The 16 programmable channels for each ADC may also be grouped in 8 channel pairs when
corresponding bits in the SAMPLEMODE register are set to Simultaneous Mode. For example, if bit 2 in
the SAMPLEMODE register is set to 1, ADC channels 4 and 5 are set to Simultaneous Mode. This means
that the SOC4CTL register now contains configuration parameters for both channel 4 and channel 5, and
the SOC5CTL register is ignored. This means that while channel 4 and channel 5 are still using dedicated
analog inputs (now selected as pairs in the CHSEL field of SOC4CTL), they both share the same SOC
trigger and Sampling Window, with the results being stored in the RESULT4 and RESULT5 registers.
The Simultaneous mode is made possible by two sample-and-hold units present in each ADC. Each
sample-and-hold unit has its own mux for selecting analog inputs (see Figure 5-3). By programming the
SAMPLEMODE register, the 16 available channels can be configured as 16 independent channels,
8 channel pairs, or any combination thereof (for example, 10 sequential channels and 3 simultaneous
pairs).
5.3.1.2 Start-of-Conversion (SOC) Triggers
There are eight external SOC triggers that go to each of the two ADC modules (from the Control
Subsystem). In addition to the eight external SOC triggers, there are also two internal SOC triggers
derived from End-Of-Conversion (EOC) interrupts inside each ADC module (ADCINT1 and ADCINT2).
Registers INTSOCSEL1 and 2 are used to configure each of the 16 ADC channels for internal or external
SOC sources. If internal SOC is chosen for a given channel, the INTSOCSEL1 and 2 registers also select
whether the internal source is ADCINT1 or ADCINT2. If external SOC is chosen for a given ADC channel,
the TRIGSEL field of the corresponding SOCxCTL register selects which of the eight external triggers is
used for SOC in that channel. One analog-to-digital conversion can be performed at a time by the 12-bit
ADC. The analog-to-digital conversion priority is managed according to the state of the PRICTL register.
88
Peripheral Information and Timings
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
ADC_INT(8:1)
TRIGS(8:1)
INTSOCSEL1 REG
INTSOCSEL2 REG
ADCINT1
ADCINT2
SOC0CTL REG
SOC1CTL REG
SOC2CTL REG
SOC3CTL REG
INTSEL1N2 REG
INTSEL3N4 REG
INTSEL5N6 REG
INTSEL7N8 REG
INTFLG REG
INTFLGCLR REG
INTOVF REG
SOCFLG REG
SOCFRC REG
SOCOVF REG
SOC4CTL REG
SOC5CTL REG
SOC6CTL REG
SOC7CTL REG
SOC8CTL REG
SOC9CTL REG
SOC10CTL REG
SOC11CTL REG
SOC12CTL REG
SOC13CTL REG
SOC14CTL REG
SOC15CTL REG
ADC INTERUPT
CONTROL
SOCx TRIGGER
CONTROL
INTOVFCLR REG
SOCOVFCLR REG
SOCPRICTL REG
EOC(15:0)
SOC(15:0)
SAMPLEMODE REG
ADC CONTROL
4
ASEL
SHSEL
SOC
REGSEL
ANALOG BUS
ADC_INA0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
N/C
ADC_INA2
ADC_INA3
ADC_INA4
RESULT0 REG
RESULT1 REG
RESULT2 REG
RESULT3 REG
RESULT4 REG
RESULT5 REG
RESULT6 REG
RESULT7 REG
RESULT8 REG
RESULT9 REG
RESULT10 REG
RESULT11 REG
RESULT12 REG
RESULT13 REG
RESULT14 REG
RESULT15 REG
TEMP1
ADC_INA6
ADC_INA7
S / H
A
A
TEMPCONV
ADCCTL1 REG
VREFLOCONV
STORE
RESULT
12-BIT ADC
CONVERTER
BSEL
S / H
B
0
1
B
ADC_INB0
N/C
N/C
2
3
ADC_INB3
ADC_INB4
ADCCTL1 REG
REFTRIM REG
OFFTRIM REG
REV REG
4
5
6
7
VREFLO2
N/C
ADC_INB7
(1) TEMPERATURE SENSOR IN ADC1 ONLY (N/C IN ADC2)
(2) CURRENTLY TIED TO ANALOG GROUND
Figure 5-3. ADC
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Peripheral Information and Timings
89
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
5.3.1.3 Analog Inputs
Analog inputs to each of the two ADC modules are organized in two groups—A and B, with each group
having a dedicated mux and sample-and-hold unit (see Figure 5-3). Mux A selects one of seven possible
analog inputs—six external inputs via AIO MUX, and one from the internal temperature sensor (present on
ADC1 only). Mux B selects one of five possible analog inputs—four external inputs via AIO MUX, and one
from the internal VREFLO signal, which is currently tied to the Analog Ground. The Mux A and Mux B
inputs can be simultaneously or sequentially sampled by the two sample-and-hold units according to the
sampling window chosen in the SOCxCTL register for the corresponding channel.
5.3.1.4 ADC Result Registers and EOC Interrupts
Concerto analog-to-digital conversion results are stored in 32 Results Registers (16 for ADC1 and 16 for
ADC2). The 16 ADCx channels can be programmed via the INTSELxNy registers to trigger up to eight
ADCINT interrupts per ADC module, when their results are ready to be read. The eight ADCINT interrupts
from ADC1 and the eight ADCINT interrupts from ADC2 are AND-ed together before propagating to both
the Master Subsystem and the Control Subsystem, announcing that the Result Registers are ready to be
read by a CPU or DMA (see Figure 2-3).
5.3.2 Comparator + DAC Units
Figure 5-4 shows the internal structure of the six analog Comparator + DAC units present in Concerto
devices. Each unit compares two analog inputs (A and B) and assigns a value of ‘1’ when the voltage of
the A input is greater than that of the B input, or a value of ‘0’ when the opposite is true. The A inputs
come from AIO_MUX1 and AIO_MUX2, as do two of the six B inputs. The remaining four of the B inputs
are provided by 10-bit digital-to-analog units that are present in each comparator. In fact, all six B inputs
can be provided by the DACs, if so desired. The 10-bit value for each DAC unit is programmed in the
respective DACVAL register. Another comparator register, COMPCTL, can be programmed to select the
source of the B input, to enable/disable the comparator circuit, to invert comparator output, to synchronize
comparator output to C28x SYSCLK, and to select the qualification period (number of clock cycles). All six
output signals from the six comparators can be routed out to the device pins via GPIO_MUX2 pin mux.
90
Peripheral Information and Timings
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
AIO_MUX1
GPIO_MUX2
COMPOUT(1)
COMPA(1)
COMP1
DAC1
N/C
4
4
COMP2
COMPCTL REG
COMPSOURCE1
COMPDACE
COMPINV
QUALSEL
SYNCSEL
1
0
COMPA(2)
COMPB(2)
+
_
0
1
COMPOUT(2)
COMP
1
SYNC / QUAL
VDDA
VSSA
10-BIT
DAC
V
0
C28SYSCLK
COMPSTS
COMPSTS REG
V = ( DACVAL * ( VDDA-VSSA ) ) / 1023
DACVAL(8:0)
DACVAL REG
COMP = 0 WHEN VOLTAGE A < VOLTAGE B
COMP = 1 WHEN VOLTAGE A > VOLTAGE B
COMPA(3)
COMPOUT(3)
COMP3
DAC3
N/C
AIO_MUX2
COMPA(4)
COMPOUT(4)
COMPOUT(5)
COMPOUT(6)
COMP4
COMP5
COMP6
DAC4
DAC5
DAC6
N/C
4
COMPA(5)
COMPB(5)
COMPA(6)
N/C
(1) COMPSOURCE BIT MUST BE SET TO“DAC” FOR COMP 1, 3, 4, AND 6 , AS THE CORRESPONDING COMPB INPUTS ARENOT CONNECTED
Figure 5-4. Comparator + DAC Units
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Peripheral Information and Timings
91
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
5.3.3 Inter-Processor Communications (IPC)
Figure 5-5 shows the internal structure of the IPC peripheral used to synchronize program execution and
exchange of data between the Cortex™-M3 and the C28x CPU. IPC can be used by itself when
synchronizing program execution or it can be used in conjunction with Message RAMs when coordinating
data transfers between processors. In either case, the operation of the IPC is the same. There are two
independent sides to the IPC peripheral—MTOC (Master to Control) and CTOM (Control to Master).
The MTOC IPC is used by the Master Subsystem to send events to the Control Subsystem. This is
typically accomplished using the following three registers: MTOCIPCSET, MTOCIPCFLG, and
MTOCIPCACK. Each of the 32 bits of these registers represents 32 independent channels through which
the Cortex™-M3 CPU can send up to 32 events to the C28x CPU via software handshaking. Additionally,
the first 4 bits of the MTOCIPC registers are supplemented with interrupts. To send an event via channel
2, for example, the Cortex™-M3 and C28x CPUs write to, and read from bit 2 of the MTOCIPCSET,
MTOCIPCFLG, MTOCIPCACK registers. The handshake starts with the Cortex™-M3 polling bit 2 of the
MTOCIPCFLG register to make sure it is ‘0’. Next, the Cortex™-M3 writes a ‘1’ into bit 2 of the
MTOCIPCSET register to start the handshake. In the mean time, the C28x is continually polling the
MTOCIPCFLG register while waiting for the message. As soon as the Cortex™-M3 writes ‘1’ to bit 2 of the
MTOCIPCSET register, bit 2 of MTOCIPCFLG also turns ‘1’, thus announcing the event to the C28x. As
soon as the C28x CPU reads a ‘1’ from the MTOCIPCFLG register, it should acknowledge by writing a ‘1’
to bit 2 of the MTOCIPCACK register. This, in turn, clears bit 2 of the MTOCIPCFLG register, enabling the
Cortex™-M3 to send another message. Since the first four channels (bits 0, 1, 2, 3) are backed up by
interrupts, both processors in the above example can use IPC interrupt 2 instead of polling to increase
performance.
A similar handshake is also used when sending data (not just event) from the Master Subsystem to the
Control Subsystem, but with two additional steps. Before setting a bit in the MTOCIPCSET register, the
Cortex™-M3 should first load the MTOC Message RAM with a block of data that it wants to make
available to the C28x. In the second additional step, the C28x should read the data before setting a bit in
the MTOCIPCACK register. This way, no data gets lost during multiple data transfers through a given
block of the message RAM.
The CTOM IPC is used by the Control Subsystem to send events to the Master Subsystem. This is
typically accomplished using the following three registers: CTOMIPCSET, CTOMIPCFLG and
CTOMIPCACK. The process is exactly the same as that for the MTOC IPC communication above.
92
Peripheral Information and Timings
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
INTRS
STS(3:0)
M3
CTOMIPCINT (3:0)
NVIC
CPU
M3 SYSTEM BUS
FLG(31:0)
SET(31:0)
WRDATA
(31:0)
RDDATA
(31:0)
ACK(31:0)
STS(31:0)
32 MTOC IPC CHANNELS
M3
3
4
ACK
STS
. . .
SET REG
FLG REG
31
0
0
0
FLG
SET
. . .
. . .
31
31
STS REG
ACK REG
MTOC IPC
MTOC MSG RAM
SYNC HANDSHAKE
FOR ONE OF 32
MTOC CHANNELS
1
2
C28
SYNC HANDSHAKE
FOR ONE OF 32
M3
1
2
. . .
. . .
. . .
31
31
31
0
0
0
ACK REG
STS REG
MTOC CHANNELS
CTOM MSG RAM
CTOM IPC
FLG REG
SET REG
SET
FLG
STS
ACK
3
4
C28
RDDATA
(31:0)
WRDATA
(31:0)
32 CTOM IPC CHANNELS
STS(31:0)
ACK(31:0)
SET(31:0)
FLG(31:0)
C28 CPU BUS
STS(3:0)
INTRS
C28x
CPU
MTOCIPCINT(3:0)
PIE
Figure 5-5. Interprocessor Communications (IPC)
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Peripheral Information and Timings
93
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
5.4 Current Consumption
Table 5-1. F28M35Hx Current Consumption at 150-MHz C28x SYSCLKOUT and 75-MHz M3SSCLK(1)(2)
VREG ENABLED
VREG DISABLED
IDD12 IDDIO
TYP(5)
MODE
TEST CONDITIONS(3)
IDDIO
TYP(5)
IDDA
IDD18
IDDA
(4)
(4)
MAX
TYP(5)
MAX
TYP(5)
MAX
TYP(5)
MAX
MAX
TYP(5)
MAX
The following Cortex™-M3
peripherals are exercised:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
I2C1
SSI1/2
UART0/1/2
CAN0
USB
µDMA
Timer0/1
µCRC
WDOG0/1
Flash
Internal Oscillators 1 and 2
The following C28x peripherals are
exercised:
Operational
(RAM)
217 mA
–
30 mA
–
20 mA
–
121 mA
–
74 mA
–
30 mA
–
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
ePWM1/2/3/4/7/8
McBSP
eQEP1/2
eCAP1/2/3/4
SCI-A
SPI-A
I2C
DMA
VCU
FPU
Flash
The following Analog peripherals
are exercised:
•
•
ADC1/2
Comparator1/2/3/4/5/6
•
•
PLL is on.
Cortex™-M3 CPU is not
executing.
•
•
•
•
•
M3SSCLK is on.
SLEEP IDLE
TBD
–
TBD
–
TBD
–
TBD
–
TBD
–
TBD
–
C28CLKIN is on.
C28x™ CPU is not executing.
C28CPUCLK is off.
C28SYSCLK is on.
(1) Currently only typical current consumption data is available, maximum numbers will come in another release of this data sheet.
(2) The numbers in Table 5-1 are not assured at this time, and are subject to change.
(3) The following is done in a loop:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Code is running out of RAM.
All I/O pins are left unconnected.
All the communication peripherals are exercised in loop-back mode.
USB – Only logic is exercised by loading and unloading FIFO.
µDMA does memory-to-memory transfer.
DMA does memory-to-memory transfer.
VCU – CRC calculated and checked.
FPU – Float operations performed.
ePWM – 6 enabled and generates 20-MHz PWM output on 12 pins, HRPWM clock enabled.
Timers and Watchdog serviced.
eCAP in APWM mode generates 36.6-kHz output on 4 pins.
ADC performs continuous conversion.
FLASH is continuously read and in active state.
XCLKOUT is turned off.
(4) IDDIO current is dependent on the electrical loading on the I/O pins.
(5) The TYP numbers are applicable over room temperature and nominal voltage.
94
Peripheral Information and Timings
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
Table 5-1. F28M35Hx Current Consumption at 150-MHz C28x SYSCLKOUT and 75-MHz
M3SSCLK(1)(2) (continued)
VREG ENABLED
VREG DISABLED
IDD12 IDDIO
TYP(5)
MODE
TEST CONDITIONS(3)
IDDIO
TYP(5)
IDDA
IDD18
IDDA
(4)
(4)
MAX
TYP(5)
MAX
TYP(5)
MAX
TYP(5)
MAX
MAX
TYP(5)
MAX
•
•
PLL is on.
Cortex™-M3 CPU is not
executing.
•
•
•
•
•
M3SSCLK is on.
SLEEP
STANDBY
TBD
–
TBD
–
TBD
–
TBD
–
TBD
–
TBD
–
C28CLKIN is off.
C28x™ CPU is not executing.
C28CPUCLK is off.
C28SYSCLK is off.
•
•
PLL is off.
Cortex™-M3 CPU is not
executing.
•
•
•
•
•
M3SSCLK is 32 kHz.
C28CLKIN is off.
DEEP SLEEP
STANDBY
TBD
–
TBD
–
TBD
–
TBD
–
TBD
–
TBD
–
C28x™ CPU is not executing.
C28CPUCLK is off.
C28SYSCLK is off.
NOTE
The peripheral - I/O multiplexing implemented in the device prevents all available peripherals
from being used at the same time. This is because more than one peripheral function may
share an I/O pin. It is, however, possible to turn on the clocks to all the peripherals at the
same time, although such a configuration is not useful. If this is done, the current drawn by
the device will be more than the numbers specified in the current consumption table.
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Peripheral Information and Timings
95
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
5.5 Power Sequencing
5.5.1 Power Management and Supervisory Circuit Solutions
Table 5-2 lists the power management and supervisory circuit solutions for F28M35x devices. LDO
selection depends on the total power consumed in the end application. Go to www.ti.com and click on
Power Management for a complete list of TI power ICs or select the Power Management Selection Guide
link for specific power reference designs.
Table 5-2. Power Management and Supervisory Circuit Solutions
SUPPLIER
Texas Instruments
Texas Instruments
Texas Instruments
Texas Instruments
Texas Instruments
Texas Instruments
Texas Instruments
Texas Instruments
Texas Instruments
Texas Instruments
Texas Instruments
TYPE
LDO
PART
DESCRIPTION
TPS767D301 Dual 1-A low-dropout regulator (LDO) with supply voltage supervisor (SVS)
LDO
TPS70202
TPS766xx
TPS3808
TPS3803
TPS799xx
TPS736xx
TPS62110
TPS6230x
TPS62290
TPS62291
Dual 500/250-mA LDO with SVS
LDO
250-mA LDO with PG
SVS
Open Drain SVS with programmable delay
Low-cost Open-drain SVS with 5 μS delay
200-mA LDO in WCSP package
SVS
LDO
LDO
400-mA LDO with 40 mV of VDO
DC/DC
DC/DC
EVM
High Vin 1.2-A dc/dc converter in 4x4 QFN package
500-mA converter in WCSP package
6-V input, 1.8-V output, 1-A evaluation module
1-A step-down dc/dc converter in 2x2 SON package
DC/DC
96
Peripheral Information and Timings
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
6 Device and Documentation Support
6.1 Device Support
6.1.1 Development Support
TI offers an extensive line of development tools, including tools to evaluate the performance of the
processors, generate code, develop algorithm implementations, and fully integrate and debug software
and hardware modules. The tool's support documentation is electronically available within the Code
Composer Studio™ Integrated Development Environment (IDE).
The following products support development of processor applications:
Software Development Tools: Code Composer Studio™ Integrated Development Environment (IDE):
including Editor C/C++/Assembly Code Generation, and Debug plus additional development tools
Scalable, Real-Time Foundation Software (SYS/BIOS), which provides the basic run-time target software
needed to support any processor application.
Hardware Development Tools: Extended Development System ( XDS™) Emulator
For a complete listing of development-support tools for the processor platform, visit the Texas Instruments
website at www.ti.com. For information on pricing and availability, contact the nearest TI field sales office
or authorized distributor.
6.1.2 Device Nomenclature
To designate the stages in the product development cycle, TI assigns prefixes to the part numbers of all
Concerto™ MCU devices and support tools. Each Concerto™ MCU commercial family member has one
of three prefixes: x, p, or no prefix (e.g., xF28M35H52C1RFPT). Texas Instruments recommends two of
three possible prefix designators for its support tools: TMDX and TMDS. These prefixes represent
evolutionary stages of product development from engineering prototypes (with prefix x/TMDX) through
fully qualified production devices/tools (no prefix/TMDS).
xF28M35...
pF28M35...
F28M35...
Experimental device that is not necessarily representative of the final device's
electrical specifications
Final silicon die that conforms to the device's electrical specifications but has
not completed quality and reliability verification
Fully qualified production device
Support tool development evolutionary flow:
TMDX Development-support product that has not yet completed Texas Instruments internal
qualification testing
TMDS Fully qualified development-support product
Devices with prefix x or p and TMDX development-support tools are shipped against the following
disclaimer:
"Developmental product is intended for internal evaluation purposes."
Production devices and TMDS development-support tools have been characterized fully, and the quality
and reliability of the device have been demonstrated fully. TI's standard warranty applies.
Predictions show that prototype devices with prefix of x or p have a greater failure rate than the standard
production devices. Texas Instruments recommends that these devices not be used in any production
system because their expected end-use failure rate still is undefined. Only qualified production devices are
to be used.
TI device nomenclature also includes a suffix with the device family name. This suffix indicates the
package type (for example, RFP) and temperature range (for example, T).
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Device and Documentation Support
97
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
For device part numbers and further ordering information of F28M35x devices in the RFP package type,
see the TI website (www.ti.com) or contact your TI sales representative.
For additional description of the device nomenclature markings on the die, see the F28M35H20B1,
F28M35H20C1, F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1, F28M35H50B1,
F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1 Concerto MCU Silicon Errata (literature number
SPRZ357).
x
F28M3
5
H
5
2
C
1
RFP
T
PREFIX
TEMPERATURE RANGE
=
=
=
experimental device
prototype device
qualified device
−40°C to 105°C
−40°C to 125°C
−40°C to 125°C
(Q refers to Q100 qualification
for automotive applications.)
x
p
T
S
Q
=
=
=
no prefix
DEVICE FAMILY
F28M3 = ConcertoTM
PACKAGE TYPE
144-Pin RFP PowerPADTM
Thermally Enhanced Thin Quad Flatpack (HTQFP)
SERIES NUMBER
PINS
1 = 144 pins
PERFORMANCE
(C28xTM Speed / CortexTM-M3 Speed)
=
=
=
H
M
E
150 / 75 MHz or 100 / 100 MHz
75 / 75 MHz
60 / 60 MHz
PERIPHERALS
=
=
Connectivity
Base
C
B
FLASH
2 = 256KB each core
3 = additional 256KB to one core(A)
5 = 512KB each core
RAM
=
=
0
2
132KB
additional 64KB of masterable RAM
A. The additional 256KB is added to the Cortex™-M3 core (Connectivity Devices) or to the C28x™ core (Base Devices).
Figure 6-1. Device Nomenclature
6.2 Documentation Support
The following documents describe the MCU. Copies of these documents are available on the Internet at
www.ti.com. Tip: Enter the literature number in the search box.
SPRUH22 Concerto F28M35x Technical Reference Manual
SPRZ357
F28M35H20B1,
F28M35H20C1,
F28M35H22B1,
F28M35H22C1,
F28M35H32B1,
F28M35H32C1, F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1 Concerto
MCU Silicon Errata
6.3 Community Resources
The following links connect to TI community resources. Linked contents are provided "AS IS" by the
respective contributors. They do not constitute TI specifications and do not necessarily reflect TI's views;
see TI's Terms of Use.
TI E2E Community TI's Engineer-to-Engineer (E2E) Community. Created to foster collaboration
among engineers. At e2e.ti.com, you can ask questions, share knowledge, explore ideas and
help solve problems with fellow engineers.
TI Embedded Processors Wiki Texas Instruments Embedded Processors Wiki. Established to help
developers get started with Embedded Processors from Texas Instruments and to foster
innovation and growth of general knowledge about the hardware and software surrounding
these devices.
98
Device and Documentation Support
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
www.ti.com
SPRS742B–JUNE 2011–REVISED OCTOBER 2011
7 Mechanical Packaging and Orderable Information
7.1 Packaging Information
The following packaging information and addendum reflect the most current data available for the
designated device(s). This data is subject to change without notice and without revision of this document.
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Mechanical Packaging and Orderable Information
Submit Documentation Feedback
99
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM
www.ti.com
24-Aug-2011
PACKAGING INFORMATION
Status (1)
Eco Plan (2)
MSL Peak Temp (3)
Samples
Orderable Device
Package Type Package
Drawing
Pins
Package Qty
Lead/
Ball Finish
(Requires Login)
F28M35H20B1RFPQ
F28M35H20B1RFPS
F28M35H20B1RFPT
F28M35H20C1RFPQ
F28M35H20C1RFPS
F28M35H20C1RFPT
F28M35H22B1RFPQ
F28M35H22B1RFPS
F28M35H22B1RFPT
F28M35H22C1RFPQ
F28M35H22C1RFPS
F28M35H22C1RFPT
F28M35H32B1RFPQ
F28M35H32B1RFPS
F28M35H32B1RFPT
F28M35H32C1RFPQ
F28M35H32C1RFPS
F28M35H32C1RFPT
F28M35H50B1RFPQ
F28M35H50B1RFPS
F28M35H50B1RFPT
F28M35H50C1RFPQ
F28M35H50C1RFPS
F28M35H50C1RFPT
F28M35H52B1RFPQ
F28M35H52B1RFPS
F28M35H52B1RFPT
F28M35H52C1RFPQ
F28M35H52C1RFPS
F28M35H52C1RFPT
PREVIEW
PREVIEW
PREVIEW
PREVIEW
PREVIEW
PREVIEW
PREVIEW
PREVIEW
PREVIEW
PREVIEW
PREVIEW
PREVIEW
PREVIEW
PREVIEW
PREVIEW
PREVIEW
PREVIEW
PREVIEW
PREVIEW
PREVIEW
PREVIEW
PREVIEW
PREVIEW
PREVIEW
PREVIEW
PREVIEW
PREVIEW
PREVIEW
PREVIEW
PREVIEW
HTQFP
HTQFP
HTQFP
HTQFP
HTQFP
HTQFP
HTQFP
HTQFP
HTQFP
HTQFP
HTQFP
HTQFP
HTQFP
HTQFP
HTQFP
HTQFP
HTQFP
HTQFP
HTQFP
HTQFP
HTQFP
HTQFP
HTQFP
HTQFP
HTQFP
HTQFP
HTQFP
HTQFP
HTQFP
HTQFP
RFP
RFP
RFP
RFP
RFP
RFP
RFP
RFP
RFP
RFP
RFP
RFP
RFP
RFP
RFP
RFP
RFP
RFP
RFP
RFP
RFP
RFP
RFP
RFP
RFP
RFP
RFP
RFP
RFP
RFP
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Call TI
Addendum-Page 1
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM
www.ti.com
24-Aug-2011
Status (1)
Eco Plan (2)
MSL Peak Temp (3)
Samples
Orderable Device
Package Type Package
Drawing
Pins
Package Qty
Lead/
Ball Finish
(Requires Login)
XF28M35H52C1RFPT
ACTIVE
HTQFP
RFP
144
1
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
(1) The marketing status values are defined as follows:
ACTIVE: Product device recommended for new designs.
LIFEBUY: TI has announced that the device will be discontinued, and a lifetime-buy period is in effect.
NRND: Not recommended for new designs. Device is in production to support existing customers, but TI does not recommend using this part in a new design.
PREVIEW: Device has been announced but is not in production. Samples may or may not be available.
OBSOLETE: TI has discontinued the production of the device.
(2) Eco Plan - The planned eco-friendly classification: Pb-Free (RoHS), Pb-Free (RoHS Exempt), or Green (RoHS & no Sb/Br) - please check http://www.ti.com/productcontent for the latest availability
information and additional product content details.
TBD: The Pb-Free/Green conversion plan has not been defined.
Pb-Free (RoHS): TI's terms "Lead-Free" or "Pb-Free" mean semiconductor products that are compatible with the current RoHS requirements for all 6 substances, including the requirement that
lead not exceed 0.1% by weight in homogeneous materials. Where designed to be soldered at high temperatures, TI Pb-Free products are suitable for use in specified lead-free processes.
Pb-Free (RoHS Exempt): This component has a RoHS exemption for either 1) lead-based flip-chip solder bumps used between the die and package, or 2) lead-based die adhesive used between
the die and leadframe. The component is otherwise considered Pb-Free (RoHS compatible) as defined above.
Green (RoHS & no Sb/Br): TI defines "Green" to mean Pb-Free (RoHS compatible), and free of Bromine (Br) and Antimony (Sb) based flame retardants (Br or Sb do not exceed 0.1% by weight
in homogeneous material)
(3) MSL, Peak Temp. -- The Moisture Sensitivity Level rating according to the JEDEC industry standard classifications, and peak solder temperature.
Important Information and Disclaimer:The information provided on this page represents TI's knowledge and belief as of the date that it is provided. TI bases its knowledge and belief on information
provided by third parties, and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of such information. Efforts are underway to better integrate information from third parties. TI has taken and
continues to take reasonable steps to provide representative and accurate information but may not have conducted destructive testing or chemical analysis on incoming materials and chemicals.
TI and TI suppliers consider certain information to be proprietary, and thus CAS numbers and other limited information may not be available for release.
In no event shall TI's liability arising out of such information exceed the total purchase price of the TI part(s) at issue in this document sold by TI to Customer on an annual basis.
Addendum-Page 2
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Texas Instruments Incorporated and its subsidiaries (TI) reserve the right to make corrections, modifications, enhancements, improvements,
and other changes to its products and services at any time and to discontinue any product or service without notice. Customers should
obtain the latest relevant information before placing orders and should verify that such information is current and complete. All products are
sold subject to TI’s terms and conditions of sale supplied at the time of order acknowledgment.
TI warrants performance of its hardware products to the specifications applicable at the time of sale in accordance with TI’s standard
warranty. Testing and other quality control techniques are used to the extent TI deems necessary to support this warranty. Except where
mandated by government requirements, testing of all parameters of each product is not necessarily performed.
TI assumes no liability for applications assistance or customer product design. Customers are responsible for their products and
applications using TI components. To minimize the risks associated with customer products and applications, customers should provide
adequate design and operating safeguards.
TI does not warrant or represent that any license, either express or implied, is granted under any TI patent right, copyright, mask work right,
or other TI intellectual property right relating to any combination, machine, or process in which TI products or services are used. Information
published by TI regarding third-party products or services does not constitute a license from TI to use such products or services or a
warranty or endorsement thereof. Use of such information may require a license from a third party under the patents or other intellectual
property of the third party, or a license from TI under the patents or other intellectual property of TI.
Reproduction of TI information in TI data books or data sheets is permissible only if reproduction is without alteration and is accompanied
by all associated warranties, conditions, limitations, and notices. Reproduction of this information with alteration is an unfair and deceptive
business practice. TI is not responsible or liable for such altered documentation. Information of third parties may be subject to additional
restrictions.
Resale of TI products or services with statements different from or beyond the parameters stated by TI for that product or service voids all
express and any implied warranties for the associated TI product or service and is an unfair and deceptive business practice. TI is not
responsible or liable for any such statements.
TI products are not authorized for use in safety-critical applications (such as life support) where a failure of the TI product would reasonably
be expected to cause severe personal injury or death, unless officers of the parties have executed an agreement specifically governing
such use. Buyers represent that they have all necessary expertise in the safety and regulatory ramifications of their applications, and
acknowledge and agree that they are solely responsible for all legal, regulatory and safety-related requirements concerning their products
and any use of TI products in such safety-critical applications, notwithstanding any applications-related information or support that may be
provided by TI. Further, Buyers must fully indemnify TI and its representatives against any damages arising out of the use of TI products in
such safety-critical applications.
TI products are neither designed nor intended for use in military/aerospace applications or environments unless the TI products are
specifically designated by TI as military-grade or "enhanced plastic." Only products designated by TI as military-grade meet military
specifications. Buyers acknowledge and agree that any such use of TI products which TI has not designated as military-grade is solely at
the Buyer's risk, and that they are solely responsible for compliance with all legal and regulatory requirements in connection with such use.
TI products are neither designed nor intended for use in automotive applications or environments unless the specific TI products are
designated by TI as compliant with ISO/TS 16949 requirements. Buyers acknowledge and agree that, if they use any non-designated
products in automotive applications, TI will not be responsible for any failure to meet such requirements.
Following are URLs where you can obtain information on other Texas Instruments products and application solutions:
Products
Audio
Applications
www.ti.com/audio
amplifier.ti.com
dataconverter.ti.com
www.dlp.com
Communications and Telecom www.ti.com/communications
Amplifiers
Data Converters
DLP® Products
DSP
Computers and Peripherals
Consumer Electronics
Energy and Lighting
Industrial
www.ti.com/computers
www.ti.com/consumer-apps
www.ti.com/energy
dsp.ti.com
www.ti.com/industrial
www.ti.com/medical
www.ti.com/security
Clocks and Timers
Interface
www.ti.com/clocks
interface.ti.com
logic.ti.com
Medical
Security
Logic
Space, Avionics and Defense www.ti.com/space-avionics-defense
Transportation and Automotive www.ti.com/automotive
Power Mgmt
Microcontrollers
RFID
power.ti.com
microcontroller.ti.com
www.ti-rfid.com
Video and Imaging
www.ti.com/video
OMAP Mobile Processors www.ti.com/omap
Wireless Connectivity www.ti.com/wirelessconnectivity
TI E2E Community Home Page
e2e.ti.com
Mailing Address: Texas Instruments, Post Office Box 655303, Dallas, Texas 75265
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
相关型号:
©2020 ICPDF网 联系我们和版权申明